Mūla > Suttapiṭaka > Dīghanikāya

1. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme karerikuṭikāyaṃ. Atha kho sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ karerimaṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttā dhammī kathā udapādi – ‘‘itipi pubbenivāso, itipi pubbenivāso’’ti.

2. Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāyanuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā; kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti?

Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, amhākaṃ pacchābhattaṃ ¶ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ karerimaṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ¶ pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttā dhammī kathā udapādi – ‘itipi pubbenivāso itipi pubbenivāso’ti. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā. Atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti.

3. ‘‘Iccheyyātha ¶ no tumhe, bhikkhave, pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ sotu’’nti? ‘‘Etassa, bhagavā, kālo; etassa, sugata, kālo; yaṃ bhagavā pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā [bhagavato vacanaṃ sutvā (syā.)] bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha,sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

4. ‘‘Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṃ [ekanavuto kappo (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Ito so, bhikkhave, ekatiṃse kappe [ekatiṃ sakappo (sī.) ekatiṃ so kappo (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] yaṃ sikhī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Tasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, ekatiṃse kappe vessabhū bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiññeva [imasmiṃ (katthacī)] kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe koṇāgamano bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno.

5. ‘‘Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ¶ ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi. Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi. Vessabhū, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ¶ khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi. Kakusandho, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi. Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ¶ brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi. Kassapo, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi. Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosiṃ, khattiyakule uppanno.

6. ‘‘Vipassī ¶ , bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Vessabhū, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Kakusandho, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi. Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi. Kassapo, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi. Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho gotamo gottena ahosiṃ.

7. ‘‘Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni ¶ āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sattativassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cattālīsavassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tiṃsavassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ¶ ahosi. Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vīsativassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi appakaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahukaṃ; yo ciraṃ jīvati, so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo.

8. ‘‘Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Sikhī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho puṇḍarīkassa mūle abhisambuddho. Vessabhū, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho sālassa mūle abhisambuddho. Kakusandho, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho sirīsassa mūle abhisambuddho. Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho udumbarassa mūle abhisambuddho. Kassapo, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho nigrodhassa mūle abhisambuddho. Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho.

9. ‘‘Vipassissa ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṃ ¶ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa abhibhūsambhavaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa soṇuttaraṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa vidhurasañjīvaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bhiyyosuttaraṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ ¶ bhaddayugaṃ. Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tissabhāradvājaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi sāriputtamoggallānaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ.

10. ‘‘Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ, eko ¶ sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

‘‘Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sattatibhikkhusahassāni. Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

‘‘Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sattatibhikkhusahassāni, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi ¶ saṭṭhibhikkhusahassāni. Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

‘‘Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi ¶ cattālīsabhikkhusahassāni. Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

‘‘Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato ¶ sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi tiṃsabhikkhusahassāni. Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

‘‘Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi vīsatibhikkhusahassāni. Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

‘‘Mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi eko ¶ sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni. Mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ.

11. ‘‘Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Sikhissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khemaṅkaro nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa upasanto nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa buddhijo nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sotthijo nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sabbamitto nāma ¶ bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi ānando nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko.

12. ‘‘Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi. ¶ Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti [janettī (syā.)]. Bandhumassa rañño bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

‘‘Sikhissa ¶ , bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa aruṇo ¶ nāma rājā pitā ahosi. Pabhāvatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. Aruṇassa rañño aruṇavatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

‘‘Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa suppatito nāma [suppatīto nāma (syā.)] rājā pitā ahosi. Vassavatī nāma [yasavatī nāma (syā. pī.)] devī mātā ahosi janetti. Suppatitassa rañño anomaṃ nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

‘‘Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa aggidatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi. Visākhā nāma brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janetti. Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena khemo nāma rājā ahosi. Khemassa rañño khemavatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

‘‘Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa yaññadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi. Uttarā nāma brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janetti. Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena sobho nāma rājā ahosi. Sobhassa rañño sobhavatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

‘‘Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa brahmadatto nāma brāhmaṇo pitā ahosi. Dhanavatī nāma brāhmaṇī mātā ahosi janetti. Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena kikī ¶ nāma [kiṃ kī nāma (syā.)] rājā ahosi. Kikissa rañño bārāṇasī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

‘‘Mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etarahi suddhodano nāma rājā pitā ahosi. Māyā nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. Kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna ¶ sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.

13. Atha ¶ kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ acirapakkantassa bhagavato ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, āvuso, abbhutaṃ, āvuso, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Yatra hi nāma tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte ¶ jātitopi anussarissati, nāmatopi anussarissati, gottatopi anussarissati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarissati, sāvakayugatopi anussarissati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarissati – ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti.

‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati – ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te ¶ bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’ti, udāhu devatā tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume ¶ pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati – ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā ¶ te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti. Ayañca hidaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarākathā vippakatā hoti.

14. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāyanuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā; kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti?

Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, amhākaṃ acirapakkantassa bhagavato ayaṃ antarākathā udapādi – ‘acchariyaṃ, āvuso, abbhutaṃ, āvuso, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarissati, nāmatopi anussarissati, gottatopi anussarissati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarissati, sāvakayugatopi anussarissati, sāvakasannipātatopi ¶ anussarissati – ‘‘evaṃjaccā ¶ te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi ¶ , evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’ti. Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, tathāgatasseva nu kho esā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati – ‘‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’ti. Udāhu devatā tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati – ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā ¶ te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’ti? Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā, atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti.

15. ‘‘Tathāgatassevesā, bhikkhave, dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati – ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’ti. Devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi ¶ anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati – ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’ti.

‘‘Iccheyyātha no tumhe, bhikkhave, bhiyyosomattāya pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ ¶ dhammiṃ kathaṃ sotu’’nti? ‘‘Etassa, bhagavā, kālo; etassa, sugata, kālo; yaṃ bhagavā bhiyyosomattāya pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kareyya, bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave ¶ , suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

16. ‘‘Ito so, bhikkhave, ekanavutikappe yaṃ vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi. Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Vipassī, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṃ ¶ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa, bhikkhave ¶ , bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṃ, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi. Bandhumatī nāma ¶ devī mātā ahosi janetti. Bandhumassa rañño bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi.

17. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkami. Ayamettha dhammatā.

18. ‘‘Dhammatā, esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā mātukucchiṃ okkamati. Atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā ¶ , yattha pime candimasūriyā evaṃmahiddhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yepi tattha sattā upapannā, tepi tenobhāsena ¶ aññamaññaṃ sañjānanti – ‘aññepi kira, bho, santi sattā idhūpapannā’ti. Ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ayamettha dhammatā.

19. ‘‘Dhammatā ¶ esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti, cattāro naṃ devaputtā catuddisaṃ [cātuddisaṃ (syā.)] rakkhāya upagacchanti – ‘mā naṃ bodhisattaṃ vā bodhisattamātaraṃ vā manusso vā amanusso vā koci vā viheṭhesī’ti. Ayamettha dhammatā.

20. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti, pakatiyā sīlavatī bodhisattamātā hoti, viratā pāṇātipātā, viratā adinnādānā, viratā kāmesumicchācārā ¶ , viratā musāvādā, viratā surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā. Ayamettha dhammatā.

21. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na bodhisattamātu purisesu mānasaṃ uppajjati kāmaguṇūpasaṃhitaṃ, anatikkamanīyā ca bodhisattamātā hoti kenaci purisena rattacittena. Ayamettha dhammatā.

22. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkanto ¶ hoti, lābhinī bodhisattamātā hoti pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ. Sā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricāreti. Ayamettha dhammatā.

23. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na bodhisattamātu kocideva ābādho uppajjati. Sukhinī bodhisattamātā hoti akilantakāyā, bodhisattañca bodhisattamātā tirokucchigataṃ passati sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato accho vippasanno anāvilo sabbākārasampanno. Tatrāssa [tatrassa (syā.)] suttaṃ āvutaṃ nīlaṃ vā pītaṃ vā lohitaṃ vā odātaṃ vā paṇḍusuttaṃ vā. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso hatthe karitvā paccavekkheyya – ‘ayaṃ kho maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato accho vippasanno anāvilo sabbākārasampanno. Tatridaṃ suttaṃ āvutaṃ nīlaṃ vā pītaṃ vā lohitaṃ vā odātaṃ vā paṇḍusuttaṃ vā’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto ¶ mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti, na bodhisattamātu kocideva ābādho uppajjati, sukhinī bodhisattamātā hoti akilantakāyā ¶ , bodhisattañca ¶ bodhisattamātā tirokucchigataṃ passati sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ. Ayamettha dhammatā.

24. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sattāhajāte bodhisatte bodhisattamātā kālaṅkaroti tusitaṃ kāyaṃ upapajjati. Ayamettha dhammatā.

25. ‘‘Dhammatā ¶ esā, bhikkhave, yathā aññā itthikā nava vā dasa vā māse gabbhaṃ kucchinā pariharitvā vijāyanti, na hevaṃ bodhisattaṃ bodhisattamātā vijāyati. Daseva māsāni bodhisattaṃ bodhisattamātā kucchinā pariharitvā vijāyati. Ayamettha dhammatā.

26. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yathā aññā itthikā nisinnā vā nipannā vā vijāyanti, na hevaṃ bodhisattaṃ bodhisattamātā vijāyati. Ṭhitāva bodhisattaṃ bodhisattamātā vijāyati. Ayamettha dhammatā.

27. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, devā paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti, pacchā manussā. Ayamettha dhammatā.

28. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, appattova bodhisatto pathaviṃ hoti, cattāro naṃ devaputtā paṭiggahetvā mātu purato ṭhapenti – ‘attamanā, devi, hohi; mahesakkho te putto uppanno’ti. Ayamettha dhammatā.

29. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito udena [uddena (syā.), udarena (katthaci)] amakkhito semhena amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho [visuddho (syā.)] visado. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, maṇiratanaṃ kāsike vatthe nikkhittaṃ neva maṇiratanaṃ kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ makkheti, nāpi kāsikaṃ vatthaṃ maṇiratanaṃ makkheti. Taṃ kissa ¶ hetu? Ubhinnaṃ suddhattā. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, visadova nikkhamati amakkhito, udena amakkhito ¶ semhena ¶ amakkhito ruhirena amakkhito kenaci asucinā suddho visado. Ayamettha dhammatā.

30. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, dve udakassa ¶ dhārā antalikkhā pātubhavanti – ekā sītassa ekā uṇhassa yena bodhisattassa udakakiccaṃ karonti mātu ca. Ayamettha dhammatā.

31. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sampatijāto bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho [uttarenābhimukho (syā.) uttarenamukho (ka.)] sattapadavītihārena gacchati setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne, sabbā ca disā anuviloketi, āsabhiṃ vācaṃ bhāsati ‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, ayamantimā jāti, natthidāni punabbhavo’ti. Ayamettha dhammatā.

32. ‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamati, atha sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso ¶ pātubhavati, atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yattha pime candimasūriyā evaṃmahiddhikā evaṃmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Yepi tattha sattā upapannā, tepi tenobhāsena aññamaññaṃ sañjānanti – ‘aññepi kira, bho, santi sattā idhūpapannā’ti. Ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Ayamettha dhammatā.

33. ‘‘Jāte ¶ kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassimhi kumāre bandhumato rañño paṭivedesuṃ – ‘putto te, deva [deva te (ka.)], jāto, taṃ devo passatū’ti. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassiṃ kumāraṃ, disvā nemitte brāhmaṇe ¶ āmantāpetvā etadavoca – ‘passantu bhonto nemittā brāhmaṇā kumāra’nti. Addasaṃsu kho, bhikkhave, nemittā brāhmaṇā vipassiṃ kumāraṃ, disvā bandhumantaṃ rājānaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘attamano, deva, hohi, mahesakkho te putto uppanno, lābhā te, mahārāja, suladdhaṃ te, mahārāja, yassa te kule evarūpo putto uppanno. Ayañhi, deva, kumāro dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni sattaratanāni bhavanti. Seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva ¶ ¶ sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭacchado.

34. ‘Katamehi cāyaṃ, deva, kumāro dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāpī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni sattaratanāni bhavanti ¶ . Seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭacchado.

35. ‘Ayañhi, deva, kumāro suppatiṭṭhitapādo. Yaṃ pāyaṃ, deva, kumāro suppatiṭṭhitapādo. Idampissa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘Imassa, deva [imassa hi deva (?)], kumārassa heṭṭhā pādatalesu cakkāni jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni. Yampi, imassa ¶ deva, kumārassa heṭṭhā pādatalesu cakkāni jātāni sahassārāni sanemikāni sanābhikāni sabbākāraparipūrāni, idampissa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘Ayañhi, deva, kumāro ṭhitakova anonamanto ubhohi pāṇitalehi jaṇṇukāni parimasati [parāmasati (ka.)] parimajjati…

‘Ayañhi, deva, kumāro sukhumacchavī; sukhumattā ¶ chaviyā rajojallaṃ kāye na upalimpati [upalippati (syā.)] …

‘Ayañhi, deva, kumāro uddhaggalomo; uddhaggāni lomāni jātāni nīlāni añjanavaṇṇāni kuṇḍalāvaṭṭāni dakkhiṇāvaṭṭakajātāni…

‘Ayañhi, deva, kumāro nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo yāvatakvassa kāyo tāvatakvassa byāmo, yāvatakvassa byāmo, tāvatakvassa kāyo…

Imassa, deva, kumārassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā odātā mudutūlasannibhā. Yampi imassa deva kumārassa uṇṇā bhamukantare jātā odātā mudutūlasannibhā, idampimassa ¶ mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

‘Ayañhi ¶ ¶ , deva, kumāro uṇhīsasīso. Yaṃ pāyaṃ, deva, kumāro uṇhīsasīso, idampissa mahāpurisassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ bhavati.

36. ‘Imehi kho ayaṃ, deva, kumāro dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgato, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassimāni sattaratanāni bhavanti. Seyyathidaṃ – cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṃ. Parosahassaṃ kho panassa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ sāgarapariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena [dhammena samena (syā.)] abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Sace kho pana ¶ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭacchado’ti.

37. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā nemitte brāhmaṇe ahatehi vatthehi acchādāpetvā [acchādetvā (syā.)] sabbakāmehi santappesi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa dhātiyo upaṭṭhāpesi. Aññā khīraṃ pāyenti, aññā nhāpenti, aññā dhārenti, aññā aṅkena pariharanti. Jātassa kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa setacchattaṃ dhārayittha divā ceva rattiñca – ‘mā naṃ sītaṃ vā ¶ uṇhaṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā rajo vā ussāvo vā bādhayitthā’ti. Jāto kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppalaṃ vā ¶ padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā bahuno janassa piyaṃ manāpaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. Svāssudaṃ aṅkeneva aṅkaṃ parihariyati.

38. ‘‘Jāto kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro mañjussaro ca [kumāro brahmassaro mañjussaro ca (sī. ka.)] ahosi vaggussaro ca madhurassaro ca pemaniyassaro ca. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, himavante pabbate karavīkā nāma sakuṇajāti mañjussarā ca vaggussarā ca madhurassarā ca pemaniyassarā ca; evameva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro mañjussaro ca ahosi vaggussaro ca madhurassaro ca pemaniyassaro ca.

39. ‘‘Jātassa ¶ kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa kammavipākajaṃ dibbacakkhu pāturahosi yena sudaṃ [yena dūraṃ (syā.)] samantā yojanaṃ passati divā ceva rattiñca.

40. ‘‘Jāto kho pana, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro animisanto pekkhati seyyathāpi devā tāvatiṃsā. ‘Animisanto kumāro pekkhatī’ti kho, bhikkhave [animisanto pekkhati, jātassa kho pana bhikkhave (ka.)], vipassissa kumārassa ‘vipassī vipassī’ tveva samaññā udapādi.

41. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā atthakaraṇe [aṭṭa karaṇe (syā.)] nisinno vipassiṃ kumāraṃ aṅke nisīdāpetvā atthe anusāsati ¶ . Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pituaṅke nisinno viceyya ¶ viceyya atthe panāyati ñāyena [aṭṭe panāyati ñāṇena (syā.)]. Viceyya viceyya kumāro atthe panāyati ñāyenāti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyosomattāya ‘vipassī vipassī’ tveva samaññā udapādi.

42. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ; pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi. Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro vassike pāsāde cattāro māse [vassike pāsāde vassike] nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohatī’’ti.

43. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahūnaṃ vassānaṃ bahūnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahūnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘yojehi, samma sārathi, bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchāma subhūmidassanāyā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā vipassissa kumārassa paṭivedesi – ‘yuttāni kho te, deva, bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’ti ¶ . Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ [bhadraṃ yānaṃ (syā.), bhaddaṃ yānaṃ (pī.) cattāro māse (sī. pī.)] abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyāsi.

44. ‘‘Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ ¶ niyyanto purisaṃ jiṇṇaṃ gopānasivaṅkaṃ bhoggaṃ [bhaggaṃ (syā.)] daṇḍaparāyanaṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ āturaṃ ¶ gatayobbanaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘ayaṃ pana, samma sārathi, puriso kiṃkato? Kesāpissa na yathā aññesaṃ, kāyopissa ¶ na yathā aññesa’nti. ‘Eso kho, deva, jiṇṇo nāmā’ti. ‘Kiṃ paneso, samma sārathi, jiṇṇo nāmā’ti? ‘Eso kho, deva, jiṇṇo nāma. Na dāni tena ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ bhavissatī’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, ahampi jarādhammo, jaraṃ anatīto’ti? ‘Tvañca, deva, mayañcamha sabbe jarādhammā, jaraṃ anatītā’ti. ‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyā. Itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi. Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati – ‘dhiratthu kira, bho, jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatī’ti!

45. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā etadavoca – ‘kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha? Kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, addasa kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto’ti? ‘Addasā ¶ kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ jiṇṇaṃ gopānasivaṅkaṃ bhoggaṃ daṇḍaparāyanaṃ pavedhamānaṃ gacchantaṃ āturaṃ gatayobbanaṃ. Disvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ pana, samma sārathi, puriso kiṃkato, kesāpissa na yathā aññesaṃ, kāyopissa ¶ na yathā aññesa’’nti? ‘‘Eso kho, deva, jiṇṇo nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ paneso, samma sārathi, jiṇṇo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, deva, jiṇṇo nāma na dāni tena ciraṃ jīvitabbaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, ahampi jarādhammo, jaraṃ anatīto’’ti? ‘‘Tvañca, deva, mayañcamha sabbe jarādhammā, jaraṃ anatītā’’ti.

‘‘‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyā, itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho ahaṃ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova ¶ antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho, deva, kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati – ‘‘dhiratthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatī’’’ti.

‘Mā heva kho vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi, mā heva vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, mā heva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacana’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyosomattāya pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi – ‘yathā vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kareyya, yathā vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacana’nti.

‘‘Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahūnaṃ vassānaṃ…pe…

47. ‘‘Addasā ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ ābādhikaṃ ¶ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ [sayamānaṃ (syā. ka.)] aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ aññehi saṃvesiyamānaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘ayaṃ pana, samma sārathi, puriso kiṃkato? Akkhīnipissa na yathā aññesaṃ, saropissa [siropissa (syā.)] na yathā aññesa’nti? ‘Eso kho, deva, byādhito nāmā’ti. ‘Kiṃ paneso, samma sārathi, byādhito nāmā’ti? ‘Eso kho, deva, byādhito nāma appeva nāma tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyā’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, ahampi byādhidhammo, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti? ‘Tvañca, deva, mayañcamha sabbe byādhidhammā, byādhiṃ anatītā’ti. ‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyā, itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhī’ti. ‘Evaṃ devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi. Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati – ‘dhiratthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, byādhi paññāyissatī’ti.

48. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā etadavoca – ‘kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci, samma ¶ sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, addasa kumāro ¶ uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto’ti? ‘Addasā kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ sake muttakarīse ¶ palipannaṃ semānaṃ aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ aññehi saṃvesiyamānaṃ. Disvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ pana, samma sārathi, puriso kiṃkato, akkhīnipissa na yathā aññesaṃ, saropissa na yathā aññesa’’nti? ‘‘Eso kho, deva, byādhito nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ paneso, samma sārathi, byādhito nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, deva, byādhito nāma appeva nāma tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhaheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, ahampi byādhidhammo, byādhiṃ anatīto’’ti? ‘‘Tvañca, deva, mayañcamha sabbe byādhidhammā, byādhiṃ anatītā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyā, itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho ahaṃ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho, deva, kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati – ‘‘‘dhiratthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, byādhi paññāyissatī’’’ti.

49. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumassa rañño etadahosi – ‘mā heva kho vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi, mā heva vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, mā heva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacana’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyosomattāya pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi – ‘yathā vipassī ¶ kumāro rajjaṃ kareyya, yathā vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacana’nti.

‘‘Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahūnaṃ vassānaṃ…pe…

50. ‘‘Addasā ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto mahājanakāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ ¶ nānārattānañca dussānaṃ vilātaṃ kayiramānaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘kiṃ nu kho, so, samma sārathi, mahājanakāyo sannipatito nānārattānañca dussānaṃ vilātaṃ kayiratī’ti? ‘Eso ¶ kho, deva, kālaṅkato nāmā’ti. ‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, yena so kālaṅkato tena rathaṃ pesehī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so kālaṅkato tena rathaṃ pesesi. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro petaṃ kālaṅkataṃ, disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘kiṃ panāyaṃ, samma sārathi, kālaṅkato nāmā’ti? ‘Eso kho, deva, kālaṅkato nāma. Na dāni taṃ dakkhanti mātā vā pitā vā aññe vā ñātisālohitā, sopi na dakkhissati mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā aññe vā ñātisālohite’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, ahampi maraṇadhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto; mampi na dakkhanti devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñātisālohitā; ahampi na dakkhissāmi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñātisālohite’ti? ‘Tvañca, deva, mayañcamha sabbe maraṇadhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā; tampi na dakkhanti devo vā devī vā aññe ¶ vā ñātisālohitā; tvampi na dakkhissasi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñātisālohite’ti. ‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyā, itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi. Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati – ‘dhiratthu kira, bho, jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, byādhi paññāyissati, maraṇaṃ paññāyissatī’ti.

51. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā sārathiṃ āmantāpetvā etadavoca – ‘kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti? ‘Na ¶ kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, addasa kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto’ti? ‘Addasā kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto mahājanakāyaṃ sannipatitaṃ nānārattānañca dussānaṃ vilātaṃ kayiramānaṃ. Disvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, so ¶ , samma sārathi, mahājanakāyo sannipatito nānārattānañca dussānaṃ vilātaṃ kayiratī’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, deva, kālaṅkato nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, yena so kālaṅkato tena rathaṃ pesehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ devā’’ti kho ahaṃ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so ¶ kālaṅkato tena rathaṃ pesesiṃ. Addasā kho, deva, kumāro petaṃ kālaṅkataṃ, disvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ panāyaṃ, samma sārathi, kālaṅkato nāmā’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘Eso kho, deva, kālaṅkato nāma. Na dāni taṃ dakkhanti mātā vā pitā vā aññe vā ñātisālohitā, sopi na dakkhissati mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā aññe vā ñātisālohite’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana, samma sārathi, ahampi maraṇadhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto; mampi na dakkhanti devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñātisālohitā; ahampi na dakkhissāmi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñātisālohite’’ti? ‘‘Tvañca, deva, mayañcamha sabbe maraṇadhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā; tampi na dakkhanti devo vā devī vā aññe vā ñātisālohitā, tvampi na dakkhissasi devaṃ vā deviṃ vā aññe vā ñātisālohite’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma sārathi, alaṃ dānajja uyyānabhūmiyā, itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhī’ti. ‘‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho ahaṃ, deva, vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā tatova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsiṃ. So kho, deva, kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati – ‘‘dhiratthu kira bho jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissati, byādhi paññāyissati, maraṇaṃ paññāyissatī’’’ti.

52. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumassa rañño etadahosi – ‘mā heva kho vipassī kumāro na rajjaṃ kāresi, mā heva vipassī kumāro agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji, mā ¶ heva nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ assa vacana’nti. Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa bhiyyosomattāya pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi – ‘yathā vipassī kumāro rajjaṃ kareyya, yathā vipassī kumāro na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya, yathā nemittānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ micchā assa vacana’nti.

‘‘Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahūnaṃ vassānaṃ ¶ bahūnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahūnaṃ vassasahassānaṃ accayena sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘yojehi, samma sārathi, bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchāma subhūmidassanāyā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā vipassissa kumārassa paṭivedesi – ‘yuttāni kho te, deva, bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyāsi.

53. ‘‘Addasā ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto purisaṃ bhaṇḍuṃ pabbajitaṃ kāsāyavasanaṃ. Disvā sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘ayaṃ pana, samma sārathi, puriso kiṃkato? Sīsaṃpissa na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthānipissa na yathā aññesa’nti? ‘Eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāmā’ti. ‘Kiṃ paneso, samma sārathi, pabbajito nāmā’ti? ‘Eso kho, deva, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā [sammacariyā (ka.)] sādhu kusalakiriyā [kusalacariyā (syā.)] sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. ‘Sādhu kho so, samma sārathi, pabbajito nāma, sādhu ¶ dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu ¶ kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā. Tena hi, samma sārathi, yena so pabbajito tena rathaṃ pesehī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa kumārassa paṭissutvā yena so pabbajito tena rathaṃ pesesi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro taṃ pabbajitaṃ etadavoca – ‘tvaṃ pana, samma, kiṃkato, sīsampi te na yathā aññesaṃ, vatthānipi te na yathā aññesa’nti? ‘Ahaṃ kho, deva, pabbajito nāmā’ti. ‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, samma, pabbajito nāmā’ti? ‘Ahaṃ kho, deva, pabbajito nāma, sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti. ‘Sādhu kho tvaṃ, samma, pabbajito nāma sādhu dhammacariyā sādhu samacariyā sādhu kusalakiriyā sādhu puññakiriyā sādhu avihiṃsā sādhu bhūtānukampā’ti.

54. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘tena hi, samma sārathi, rathaṃ ādāya itova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāhi. Ahaṃ pana idheva kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, sārathi vipassissa ¶ kumārassa paṭissutvā rathaṃ ādāya tatova antepuraṃ paccaniyyāsi. Vipassī pana kumāro tattheva kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji.

55. ‘‘Assosi kho, bhikkhave, bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā mahājanakāyo caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni – ‘vipassī kira kumāro kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ¶ ¶ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’ti. Sutvāna tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā [orikā (sī. syā.)] pabbajjā, yattha vipassī kumāro kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito. Vipassīpi nāma kumāro kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, kimaṅgaṃ [kimaṅga (sī.)] pana maya’nti.

‘‘Atha kho, so bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo [mahājanakāyo (syā.)] caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vipassiṃ bodhisattaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Tāya sudaṃ, bhikkhave, parisāya parivuto vipassī bodhisatto gāmanigamajanapadarājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati.

56. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘na kho metaṃ [na kho panetaṃ (syā.)] patirūpaṃ yohaṃ ākiṇṇo viharāmi, yaṃnūnāhaṃ eko gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyya’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bodhisatto aparena samayena eko ¶ gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihāsi ¶ , aññeneva tāni caturāsīti pabbajitasahassāni agamaṃsu, aññena maggena vipassī bodhisatto.

57. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa vāsūpagatassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno, jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca [jiyyati ca miyyati ca (ka.)] cavati ca upapajjati ca, atha ca panimassa dukkhassa ¶ nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa, kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā’ti?

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti, kiṃpaccayā jātī’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘bhave kho sati jāti hoti, bhavapaccayā jātī’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati bhavo hoti, kiṃpaccayā bhavo’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘upādāne kho sati bhavo hoti, upādānapaccayā bhavo’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati upādānaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā ¶ upādāna’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘taṇhāya kho sati upādānaṃ hoti, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’nti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati taṇhā hoti, kiṃpaccayā taṇhā’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa ¶ bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘vedanāya kho sati taṇhā hoti, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati vedanā hoti, kiṃpaccayā vedanā’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa ¶ yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘phasse kho sati vedanā hoti, phassapaccayā vedanā’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati phasso hoti, kiṃpaccayā phasso’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ ¶ hoti, kiṃpaccayā saḷāyatana’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’nti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā nāmarūpa’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa ¶ bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’nti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā viññāṇa’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇa’nti.

58. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘paccudāvattati kho idaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpamhā, nāparaṃ gacchati. Ettāvatā jāyetha ¶ vā jiyyetha vā miyyetha vā cavetha vā upapajjetha vā, yadidaṃ nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā ¶ , taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’.

59. ‘‘‘Samudayo samudayo’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

60. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ¶ – ‘jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti, kissa nirodhā jātinirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘bhave kho asati jāti na hoti, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati bhavo na hoti, kissa nirodhā bhavanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā upādānanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu ¶ paññāya abhisamayo – ‘taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti, kissa nirodhā taṇhānirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ¶ – ‘vedanāya kho asati taṇhā na hoti, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati vedanā na hoti, kissa nirodhā vedanānirodho’ti? Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘phasse kho asati vedanā na hoti, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati phasso na hoti, kissa nirodhā phassanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘saḷāyatane kho asati phasso na hoti, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘viññāṇe kho asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu ¶ paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho’ti.

61. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘adhigato ¶ kho myāyaṃ maggo sambodhāya ¶ yadidaṃ – nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti’.

62. ‘‘‘Nirodho nirodho’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

63. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bodhisatto aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī vihāsi – ‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅgamo; iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ ¶ atthaṅgamo; iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti, tassa pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato na cirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccī’’ti.

64. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa ¶ bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ¶ etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo. Idampi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ; so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti.

65. ‘‘Apissu, bhikkhave, vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

‘‘Itiha ¶ , bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ nami, no dhammadesanāya.

66. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, aññatarassa mahābrahmuno vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi ¶ – ‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati [nami (syā. ka.), namissati (?)], no dhammadesanāyā’ti. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva brahmaloke antarahito vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa purato pāturahosi. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ ¶ nihantvā [nidahanto (syā.)] yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi [santī (syā.)] sattā apparajakkhajātikā; assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’ti.

67. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte [atha kho (ka.)], bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho taṃ mahābrahmānaṃ etadavoca – ‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti. Tassa mayhaṃ, brahme, etadahosi – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya ¶ duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo. Idampi kho ṭhānaṃ duddasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ; so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme ¶ , imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

‘Itiha ¶ me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ nami, no dhammadesanāyā’ti.

68. ‘‘Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, so mahābrahmā…pe… tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, so mahābrahmā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’ti.

69. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye [duviññāpaye bhabbe abhabbe (syā.)] appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine [dassāvino (sī. syā. kaṃ. ka.)] viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine [dassāvino (sī. syā. kaṃ. ka.)] viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ ¶ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni. Appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni. Appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakā accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena. Evameva ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.

70. ‘‘Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

71. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho taṃ mahābrahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

‘‘Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ‘katāvakāso khomhi vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammadesanāyā’ti vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ ¶ sammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tattheva antaradhāyi.

72. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi – ‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa etadahosi – ‘ayaṃ kho khaṇḍo ca rājaputto tisso ca purohitaputto bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā paṭivasanti paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvino dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātikā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ khaṇḍassa ca rājaputtassa, tissassa ca purohitaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ ¶ , te imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissantī’ti.

73. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho seyyathāpi nāma balavā ¶ puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva bodhirukkhamūle antarahito bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā kheme migadāye pāturahosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dāyapālaṃ [migadāyapālaṃ (syā.)] āmantesi – ‘ehi tvaṃ, samma dāyapāla, bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ pavisitvā khaṇḍañca rājaputtaṃ tissañca purohitaputtaṃ evaṃ vadehi – vipassī, bhante, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati, so ¶ tumhākaṃ dassanakāmo’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bhante’ti kho, bhikkhave, dāyapālo vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paṭissutvā bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ pavisitvā khaṇḍañca rājaputtaṃ tissañca purohitaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘vipassī, bhante, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati; so tumhākaṃ dassanakāmo’ti.

74. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, khaṇḍo ca rājaputto tisso ca ¶ purohitaputto bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā niyyiṃsu. Yena khemo migadāyo tena pāyiṃsu. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva [padikāva (syā.)] yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ ¶ sammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

75. ‘‘Tesaṃ vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṃ kathaṃ [ānupubbikathaṃ (sī. pī.)] kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva khaṇḍassa ca rājaputtassa tissassa ca purohitaputtassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti.

76. ‘‘Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre ¶ vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’’ti. Evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo ¶ pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ ¶ gacchāma dhammañca. Labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’nti.

77. ‘‘Alatthuṃ kho ¶ , bhikkhave, khaṇḍo ca rājaputto, tisso ca purohitaputto vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ. Te vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi; saṅkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne [nekkhamme (syā.)] ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Tesaṃ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṃsiyamānānaṃ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.

78. ‘‘Assosi kho, bhikkhave, bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni – ‘vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati. Khaṇḍo ca kira rājaputto tisso ca purohitaputto vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā’ti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha khaṇḍo ca rājaputto tisso ca purohitaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. Khaṇḍo ca rājaputto tisso ca purohitaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissanti, kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti. Atha ¶ kho so, bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo caturāsītipāṇasahassāni bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā nikkhamitvā yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ¶ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

79. ‘‘Tesaṃ ¶ vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte ¶ , atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ caturāsītipāṇasahassānaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti.

80. ‘‘Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’’ti. Evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca [( ) natthi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ, pāḷiyaṃ pana sabbatthapi dissati]. Labheyyāma ¶ mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyāma upasampada’’nti.

81. ‘‘Alatthuṃ kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipāṇasahassāni vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ. Te vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi; saṅkhārānaṃ ¶ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Tesaṃ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ samādapiyamānānaṃ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṃsiyamānānaṃ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.

82. ‘‘Assosuṃ kho, bhikkhave, tāni purimāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni – ‘vipassī kira bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ ¶ anuppatto kheme migadāye viharati, dhammañca kira desetī’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni yena bandhumatī rājadhānī yena khemo migadāyo yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

83. ‘‘Tesaṃ ¶ vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte ¶ vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ caturāsītipabbajitasahassānaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti.

84. ‘‘Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘abhikkantaṃ ¶ , bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’’ti. Evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyāma upasampada’’nti.

85. ‘‘Alatthuṃ kho, bhikkhave, tāni caturāsītipabbajitasahassāni vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ alatthuṃ upasampadaṃ. Te vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi; saṅkhārānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nibbāne ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Tesaṃ vipassinā bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānānaṃ ¶ samādapiyamānānaṃ ¶ samuttejiyamānānaṃ sampahaṃsiyamānānaṃ nacirasseva anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.

86. ‘‘Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā mahābhikkhusaṅgho paṭivasati aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘mahā kho etarahi bhikkhusaṅgho bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhū anujāneyyaṃ – ‘caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya ¶ atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ; mā ekena dve agamittha; desetha, bhikkhave ¶ , dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Api ca channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyā’’’ti.

87. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro mahābrahmā vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya. Evameva brahmaloke antarahito vipassissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa purato ¶ pāturahosi. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā vipassiṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. Mahā kho, bhante, etarahi bhikkhusaṅgho bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ, anujānātu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhū – ‘‘caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ; mā ekena dve agamittha; desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ ¶ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti [aññātāro (ssabbattha)]. Api ca, bhante, mayaṃ tathā karissāma yathā bhikkhū channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ upasaṅkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. Idamavoca, bhikkhave, so mahābrahmā, idaṃ vatvā vipassiṃ ¶ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tattheva antaradhāyi.

88. ‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – mahā kho etarahi bhikkhusaṅgho bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ ¶ . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhū anujāneyyaṃ – ‘caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ; mā ekena dve agamittha; desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā ¶ apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Api ca, channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyāti.

‘‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, aññataro mahābrahmā mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva brahmaloke antarahito mama purato pāturahosi. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, mahābrahmā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yenāhaṃ tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. Mahā kho, bhante, etarahi bhikkhusaṅgho bandhumatiyā rājadhāniyā paṭivasati aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ. Anujānātu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhū – ‘caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya ¶ sukhāya devamanussānaṃ; mā ekena dve agamittha; desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ…pe… santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā ¶ , assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’ti. Api ¶ ca, bhante, mayaṃ tathā karissāma, yathā bhikkhū channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ upasaṅkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyā’’ti. Idamavoca, bhikkhave, so mahābrahmā, idaṃ vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tattheva antaradhāyi’.

‘‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, caratha cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ; mā ekena dve agamittha; desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Api ca, bhikkhave, channaṃ channaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yebhuyyena ekāheneva janapadacārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu.

89. ‘‘Tena kho pana samayena jambudīpe caturāsīti āvāsasahassāni honti. Ekamhi hi vasse nikkhante devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘nikkhantaṃ kho, mārisā, ekaṃ vassaṃ; pañca dāni vassāni sesāni ¶ ; pañcannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. Dvīsu vassesu nikkhantesu… ¶ tīsu vassesu nikkhantesu… catūsu vassesu nikkhantesu… pañcasu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘nikkhantāni kho ¶ , mārisā, pañcavassāni; ekaṃ dāni vassaṃ sesaṃ; ekassa vassassa accayena bandhumatī rājadhānī upasaṅkamitabbā pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. Chasu vassesu nikkhantesu devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘nikkhantāni kho, mārisā, chabbassāni, samayo dāni bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ upasaṅkamituṃ pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. Atha kho te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū appekacce sakena iddhānubhāvena appekacce devatānaṃ iddhānubhāvena ekāheneva bandhumatiṃ rājadhāniṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu pātimokkhuddesāyāti [pātimokkhuddesāya (?)].

90. ‘‘Tatra ¶ sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhikkhusaṅghe evaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisati –

‘Anūpavādo anūpaghāto [anupavādo anupaghāto (pī. ka.)], pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro;

91. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, bhikkhave, samayaṃ ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘na kho so sattāvāso sulabharūpo, yo mayā anāvutthapubbo [anajjhāvuṭṭhapubbo (ka. sī. ka.)] iminā dīghena addhunā aññatra suddhāvāsehi devehi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena suddhāvāsā devā tenupasaṅkameyya’nti. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva ukkaṭṭhāyaṃ subhagavane sālarājamūle antarahito avihesu devesu pāturahosiṃ ¶ . Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni [anekāni devatāsatāni anekāni devatāsahassāni (syā.)] yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ¶ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ito so, mārisā, ekanavutikappe yaṃ vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi, khattiyakule udapādi. Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi ¶ . Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato ¶ arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi bhikkhusatasahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vipassissa, mārisa, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi. Bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. Bandhumassa rañño bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi. Vipassissa, mārisā ¶ , bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi evaṃ pabbajjā evaṃ padhānaṃ evaṃ abhisambodhi evaṃ dhammacakkappavattanaṃ. Te mayaṃ, mārisā, vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti …pe…

‘‘Tasmiṃyeva kho, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni [anekāni devatāsatāni anekāni devatāsahassāni (syā. evamuparipi)] yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘imasmiṃyeva kho, mārisā, bhaddakappe bhagavā etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno. Bhagavā, mārisā, khattiyo jātiyā khattiyakule uppanno. Bhagavā, mārisā, gotamo gottena. Bhagavato, mārisā, appakaṃ ¶ āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahukaṃ ¶ yo ciraṃ jīvati, so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo. Bhagavā, mārisā, assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho. Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ ¶ . Bhagavato, mārisā, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni. Bhagavato, mārisā, ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi ¶ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Bhagavato, mārisā, ānando nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Bhagavato, mārisā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā ahosi. Māyā nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. Kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi. Bhagavato, mārisā, evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi evaṃ pabbajjā evaṃ padhānaṃ evaṃ abhisambodhi evaṃ dhammacakkappavattanaṃ. Te mayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.

92. ‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, avihehi devehi saddhiṃ yena atappā devā tenupasaṅkamiṃ…pe… atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, avihehi ca devehi atappehi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena sudassā devā tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, avihehi ca devehi atappehi ca devehi sudassehi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena sudassī devā tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, avihehi ca devehi atappehi ca devehi sudassehi ca devehi sudassīhi ca devehi saddhiṃ yena akaniṭṭhā devā tenupasaṅkamiṃ. Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu ¶ .

‘‘Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ito so, mārisā, ekanavutikappe yaṃ vipassī bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi. Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho khattiyo jātiyā ahosi. Khattiyakule udapādi. Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho koṇḍañño gottena ahosi. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asītivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṃ ahosi. Vipassī, mārisā, bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pāṭaliyā mūle abhisambuddho. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa khaṇḍatissaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi ¶ bhikkhusatasahassaṃ. Eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi asītibhikkhusahassāni. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ime tayo sāvakānaṃ sannipātā ahesuṃ sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa asoko nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko ahosi aggupaṭṭhāko. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa bandhumā nāma rājā pitā ahosi bandhumatī nāma devī mātā ahosi ¶ janetti. Bandhumassa rañño bandhumatī nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi. Vipassissa, mārisā, bhagavato arahato ¶ sammāsambuddhassa evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi evaṃ pabbajjā evaṃ padhānaṃ evaṃ abhisambodhi, evaṃ dhammacakkappavattanaṃ. Te mayaṃ, mārisā, vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti. Tasmiṃyeva kho, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ito so, mārisā, ekatiṃse kappe yaṃ sikhī bhagavā…pe… te mayaṃ, mārisā, sikhimhi bhagavati tasmiññeva kho mārisā, ekatiṃse kappe yaṃ vessabhū bhagavā…pe… te mayaṃ, mārisā, vessabhumhi bhagavati…pe… imasmiṃyeva kho, mārisā, bhaddakappe kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapo bhagavā…pe… te mayaṃ, mārisā, kakusandhamhi koṇāgamanamhi kassapamhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.

93. ‘‘Tasmiṃyeva kho, bhikkhave, devanikāye anekāni devatāsahassāni anekāni devatāsatasahassāni yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ¶ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘imasmiṃyeva kho, mārisā, bhaddakappe bhagavā etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno. Bhagavā, mārisā, khattiyo jātiyā, khattiyakule uppanno. Bhagavā, mārisā, gotamo gottena. Bhagavato, mārisā, appakaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ parittaṃ lahukaṃ yo ciraṃ jīvati, so vassasataṃ ¶ appaṃ vā bhiyyo. Bhagavā, mārisā, assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho. Bhagavato, mārisā, sāriputtamoggallānaṃ nāma sāvakayugaṃ ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ. Bhagavato ¶ , mārisā, eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni. Bhagavato, mārisā, ayaṃ eko sāvakānaṃ sannipāto ahosi sabbesaṃyeva khīṇāsavānaṃ. Bhagavato, mārisā, ānando nāma bhikkhu upaṭṭhāko aggupaṭṭhāko ahosi. Bhagavato, mārisā, suddhodano nāma rājā pitā ahosi. Māyā nāma devī mātā ahosi janetti. Kapilavatthu nāma nagaraṃ rājadhānī ahosi. Bhagavato, mārisā, evaṃ abhinikkhamanaṃ ahosi, evaṃ pabbajjā, evaṃ padhānaṃ, evaṃ abhisambodhi, evaṃ dhammacakkappavattanaṃ. Te mayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṃ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti.

94. ‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassevesā dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā ¶ tathāgato atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi ¶ anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ’ itipi. ‘Evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ’ itipīti.

‘‘Devatāpi tathāgatassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ, yena tathāgato atīte buddhe ¶ parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivatte jātitopi anussarati, nāmatopi anussarati, gottatopi anussarati, āyuppamāṇatopi anussarati, sāvakayugatopi anussarati, sāvakasannipātatopi anussarati ‘evaṃjaccā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ’ itipi. ‘Evaṃnāmā evaṃgottā evaṃsīlā evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ’ itipī’’ti.

95. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma [kammāsadammaṃ nāma (syā.)] kurūnaṃ nigamo. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva gambhīro cāyaṃ, bhante, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca, atha ca pana me uttānakuttānako viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Mā hevaṃ, ānanda, avaca, mā hevaṃ, ānanda, avaca. Gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca. Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā [gulāguṇṭhikajātā (sī. pī.), guṇagaṇṭhikajātā (syā.)] muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati.

96. ‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti iti ce vadeyya, ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā jātī’ti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa ¶ vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā jātī’ti iti ce vadeyya, ‘bhavapaccayā jātī’ti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā bhavo’ti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ ¶ . ‘Kiṃpaccayā bhavo’ti iti ce vadeyya, ‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’ti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi ¶ idappaccayā upādāna’nti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā upādāna’nti iti ce vadeyya, ‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’nti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi ¶ idappaccayā taṇhā’ti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā taṇhā’ti iti ce vadeyya, ‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’ti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā vedanā’ti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā vedanā’ti iti ce vadeyya, ‘phassapaccayā vedanā’ti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā phasso’ti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā phasso’ti iti ce vadeyya, ‘nāmarūpapaccayā phasso’ti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā nāmarūpa’nti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā nāmarūpa’nti iti ce vadeyya, ‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’nti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

‘‘‘Atthi idappaccayā viññāṇa’nti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. ‘Kiṃpaccayā viññāṇa’nti iti ce vadeyya, ‘nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇa’nti iccassa vacanīyaṃ.

97. ‘‘Iti kho, ānanda, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti ¶ , jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ¶ sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.

98. ‘‘‘Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ. Jāti ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathidaṃ – devānaṃ vā devattāya, gandhabbānaṃ vā gandhabbattāya, yakkhānaṃ vā yakkhattāya, bhūtānaṃ vā bhūtattāya, manussānaṃ vā manussattāya, catuppadānaṃ vā catuppadattāya, pakkhīnaṃ vā pakkhittāya, sarīsapānaṃ vā sarīsapattāya [siriṃsapānaṃ siriṃsapattāya (sī. syā.)], tesaṃ tesañca hi, ānanda, sattānaṃ tadattāya ¶ jāti nābhavissa. Sabbaso jātiyā asati jātinirodhā ¶ api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo jarāmaraṇassa, yadidaṃ jāti’’.

99. ‘‘‘Bhavapaccayā jātī’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā bhavapaccayā jāti. Bhavo ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathidaṃ – kāmabhavo vā rūpabhavo vā arūpabhavo vā, sabbaso bhave asati bhavanirodhā api nu kho jāti paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo jātiyā, yadidaṃ bhavo’’.

100. ‘‘‘Upādānapaccayā bhavo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā upādānapaccayā bhavo. Upādānañca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici ¶ , seyyathidaṃ – kāmupādānaṃ vā diṭṭhupādānaṃ vā sīlabbatupādānaṃ vā attavādupādānaṃ vā, sabbaso upādāne asati upādānanirodhā api nu kho bhavo paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu ¶ etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo bhavassa, yadidaṃ upādānaṃ’’.

101. ‘‘‘Taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ. Taṇhā ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathidaṃ – rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā, sabbaso taṇhāya asati taṇhānirodhā api nu kho upādānaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo upādānassa, yadidaṃ taṇhā’’.

102. ‘‘‘Vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Vedanā ¶ ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci ¶ kimhici, seyyathidaṃ – cakkhusamphassajā vedanā sotasamphassajā vedanā ghānasamphassajā vedanā jivhāsamphassajā vedanā kāyasamphassajā vedanā manosamphassajā vedanā, sabbaso vedanāya asati vedanānirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethā’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo taṇhāya, yadidaṃ vedanā’’.

103. ‘‘Iti kho panetaṃ, ānanda, vedanaṃ paṭicca taṇhā, taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chandarāgo, chandarāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ, ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ, macchariyaṃ paṭicca ¶ ārakkho. Ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti.

104. ‘‘‘Ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ [ārakkhaṃ paṭicca ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ (syā.)] daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavantī’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti. Ārakkho ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso ārakkhe asati ārakkhanirodhā api nu kho daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhaveyyu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa ¶ samudayo esa paccayo daṇḍādānasatthādānakalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādānaṃ anekesaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sambhavāya yadidaṃ ārakkho.

105. ‘‘‘Macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho. Macchariyañca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici ¶ , sabbaso macchariye asati macchariyanirodhā api nu kho ārakkho paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo ārakkhassa, yadidaṃ macchariyaṃ’’.

106. ‘‘‘Pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariya’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ. Pariggaho ¶ ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso pariggahe asati ¶ pariggahanirodhā api nu kho macchariyaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo macchariyassa, yadidaṃ pariggaho’’.

107. ‘‘‘Ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho. Ajjhosānañca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso ajjhosāne asati ajjhosānanirodhā api nu kho pariggaho paññāyethā’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo pariggahassa – yadidaṃ ajjhosānaṃ’’.

108. ‘‘‘Chandarāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosāna’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā chandarāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ. Chandarāgo ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso chandarāge asati chandarāganirodhā api nu kho ajjhosānaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo ajjhosānassa, yadidaṃ chandarāgo’’.

109. ‘‘‘Vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chandarāgo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chandarāgo. Vinicchayo ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso vinicchaye asati vinicchayanirodhā api nu kho chandarāgo paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ ¶ , bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo chandarāgassa, yadidaṃ vinicchayo’’.

110. ‘‘‘Lābhaṃ ¶ paṭicca vinicchayo’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo. Lābho ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso lābhe asati lābhanirodhā api nu kho vinicchayo paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, ¶ bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo vinicchayassa, yadidaṃ lābho’’.

111. ‘‘‘Pariyesanaṃ ¶ paṭicca lābho’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho. Pariyesanā ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, sabbaso pariyesanāya asati pariyesanānirodhā api nu kho lābho paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo lābhassa, yadidaṃ pariyesanā’’.

112. ‘‘‘Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā. Taṇhā ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā, sabbaso taṇhāya asati taṇhānirodhā api nu kho pariyesanā paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo pariyesanāya, yadidaṃ taṇhā. Iti kho, ānanda, ime dve dhammā [ime dhammā (ka.)] dvayena vedanāya ekasamosaraṇā bhavanti’’.

113. ‘‘‘Phassapaccayā ¶ vedanā’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā ‘phassapaccayā vedanā. Phasso ca hi, ānanda, nābhavissa sabbena sabbaṃ ¶ sabbathā sabbaṃ kassaci kimhici, seyyathidaṃ – cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso, sabbaso phasse asati phassanirodhā api nu kho vedanā paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda ¶ , eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo vedanāya, yadidaṃ phasso’’.

114. ‘‘‘Nāmarūpapaccayā phasso’ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā nāmarūpapaccayā phasso. Yehi, ānanda, ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi nāmakāyassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu tesu liṅgesu tesu nimittesu tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho rūpakāye adhivacanasamphasso paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yehi, ānanda, ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi yehi uddesehi rūpakāyassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu…pe… tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho nāmakāye paṭighasamphasso paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yehi, ānanda, ākārehi…pe… yehi uddesehi nāmakāyassa ca rūpakāyassa ca paññatti hoti ¶ , tesu ākāresu…pe… tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho adhivacanasamphasso vā paṭighasamphasso vā paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yehi, ānanda, ākārehi…pe… yehi uddesehi nāmarūpassa paññatti hoti, tesu ākāresu ¶ …pe… tesu uddesesu asati api nu kho phasso paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo phassassa, yadidaṃ nāmarūpaṃ’’.

115. ‘‘‘Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’nti iti kho panetaṃ ¶ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ. Viññāṇañca hi, ānanda, mātukucchismiṃ na okkamissatha, api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ mātukucchismiṃ samuccissathā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Viññāṇañca hi, ānanda, mātukucchismiṃ okkamitvā vokkamissatha, api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ itthattāya abhinibbattissathā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Viññāṇañca hi, ānanda, daharasseva sato vocchijjissatha kumārakassa vā kumārikāya vā, api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissathā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo nāmarūpassa – yadidaṃ viññāṇaṃ’’.

116. ‘‘‘Nāmarūpapaccayā ¶ viññāṇa’nti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, tadānanda, imināpetaṃ pariyāyena veditabbaṃ, yathā nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ. Viññāṇañca hi, ānanda, nāmarūpe patiṭṭhaṃ na labhissatha, api nu kho āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhasamudayasambhavo [jātijarāmaraṇadukkhasamudayasambhavo (sī. syā. pī.)] paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, eseva hetu etaṃ nidānaṃ esa samudayo esa paccayo viññāṇassa yadidaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Ettāvatā kho, ānanda, ¶ jāyetha vā jīyetha [jiyyetha (ka.)] vā mīyetha [miyyetha (ka.)] vā cavetha vā upapajjetha vā. Ettāvatā adhivacanapatho, ettāvatā niruttipatho, ettāvatā paññattipatho, ettāvatā paññāvacaraṃ, ettāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vattati itthattaṃ ¶ paññāpanāya yadidaṃ nāmarūpaṃ saha viññāṇena aññamaññapaccayatā pavattati.

117. ‘‘Kittāvatā ca, ānanda, attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti? Rūpiṃ vā hi, ānanda, parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti – ‘‘rūpī me paritto attā’’ti. Rūpiṃ vā hi ¶ , ānanda, anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti – ‘rūpī me ananto attā’ti. Arūpiṃ vā hi, ānanda, parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti – ‘arūpī me paritto attā’ti. Arūpiṃ vā hi, ānanda, anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti – ‘arūpī me ananto attā’ti.

118. ‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti. Etarahi vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, rūpiṃ [rūpī (ka.)] parittattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya.

‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti. Etarahi vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ ¶ vā pana ¶ santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, rūpiṃ [rūpī (ka.)] anantattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya.

‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti. Etarahi vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, arūpiṃ [arūpī (ka.)] parittattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya.

‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti. Etarahi vā so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, arūpiṃ [arūpī (ka.)] anantattānudiṭṭhi anusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya. Ettāvatā kho, ānanda, attānaṃ paññapento paññapeti.

119. ‘‘Kittāvatā ca, ānanda, attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti? Rūpiṃ vā hi, ānanda, parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti – ‘rūpī me paritto attā’ti. Rūpiṃ ¶ vā hi, ānanda, anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti – ‘rūpī me ananto attā’ti. Arūpiṃ vā hi, ānanda, parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti – ‘arūpī me paritto attā’ti. Arūpiṃ vā hi, ānanda, anantaṃ ¶ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti – ‘arūpī me ananto attā’ti.

120. ‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti. Etarahi vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa ¶ na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, rūpiṃ parittattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya.

‘‘Tatrānanda ¶ , yo so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti. Etarahi vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so rūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, rūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya.

‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti. Etarahi vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ parittaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa na hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, arūpiṃ parittattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya.

‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti. Etarahi vā so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na ¶ paññapeti, tattha bhāviṃ vā so arūpiṃ anantaṃ attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti, ‘atathaṃ vā pana santaṃ tathattāya upakappessāmī’ti iti vā panassa na ¶ hoti. Evaṃ santaṃ kho, ānanda, arūpiṃ anantattānudiṭṭhi nānusetīti iccālaṃ vacanāya. Ettāvatā kho, ānanda, attānaṃ na paññapento na paññapeti.

121. ‘‘Kittāvatā ¶ ca, ānanda, attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati? Vedanaṃ vā hi, ānanda, attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati – ‘vedanā me attā’ti. ‘Na heva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā’ti iti vā hi, ānanda, attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati. ‘Na heva kho me vedanā attā, nopi appaṭisaṃvedano me attā, attā me vediyati, vedanādhammo hi me attā’ti iti vā hi, ānanda, attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati.

122. ‘‘Tatrānanda, yo so evamāha – ‘vedanā me attā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘tisso kho imā, āvuso, vedanā – sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Imāsaṃ kho tvaṃ tissannaṃ ¶ vedanānaṃ katamaṃ attato samanupassasī’ti? Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, neva tasmiṃ samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti; sukhaṃyeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, neva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti; dukkhaṃyeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ ¶ vedeti, neva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti; adukkhamasukhaṃyeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti.

123. ‘‘Sukhāpi kho, ānanda, vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Dukkhāpi kho, ānanda, vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā ¶ vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Adukkhamasukhāpi kho, ānanda, vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Tassa sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa ‘eso me attā’ti hoti. Tassāyeva sukhāya vedanāya nirodhā ‘byagā [byaggā (sī. ka.)] me attā’ti hoti. Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa ‘eso me attā’ti hoti. Tassāyeva dukkhāya vedanāya nirodhā ‘byagā me attā’ti hoti. Adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamānassa ‘eso me attā’ti hoti. Tassāyeva adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya nirodhā ‘byagā me attā’ti hoti. Iti so diṭṭheva dhamme aniccasukhadukkhavokiṇṇaṃ uppādavayadhammaṃ attānaṃ samanupassamāno samanupassati, yo so evamāha – ‘vedanā me attā’ti. Tasmātihānanda, etena petaṃ nakkhamati – ‘vedanā me attā’ti samanupassituṃ.

124. ‘‘Tatrānanda ¶ , yo so evamāha – ‘na heva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘yattha panāvuso, sabbaso vedayitaṃ natthi api nu kho, tattha ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti siyā’’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, etena petaṃ nakkhamati – ‘na heva kho me vedanā attā, appaṭisaṃvedano me attā’ti samanupassituṃ.

125. ‘‘Tatrānanda ¶ , yo so evamāha – ‘na heva kho me vedanā attā, nopi appaṭisaṃvedano me attā, attā me vediyati, vedanādhammo hi me attā’ti. So evamassa vacanīyo – vedanā ca hi, āvuso, sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ aparisesā nirujjheyyuṃ. Sabbaso vedanāya asati vedanānirodhā api nu kho tattha ‘ayamahamasmī’ti siyā’’ti? ‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, etena petaṃ nakkhamati – ‘‘na heva kho ¶ me vedanā attā, nopi appaṭisaṃvedano me attā, attā me vediyati, vedanādhammo hi me attā’ti samanupassituṃ.

126. ‘‘Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu neva vedanaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, nopi appaṭisaṃvedanaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, nopi ‘attā me vediyati, vedanādhammo hi me attā’ti samanupassati. So evaṃ na samanupassanto na ca kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ [aparitassanaṃ (ka.)] paccattaññeva parinibbāyati, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Evaṃ vimuttacittaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhuṃ yo evaṃ vadeyya – ‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itissa [iti sā (aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ)] diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṃ. ‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itissa ¶ diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṃ. ‘Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṃ. ‘Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yāvatā, ānanda, adhivacanaṃ yāvatā adhivacanapatho, yāvatā nirutti yāvatā niruttipatho, yāvatā paññatti yāvatā paññattipatho, yāvatā paññā yāvatā paññāvacaraṃ, yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ [yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vaṭṭati (ka. sī.)], yāvatā vaṭṭati [yāvatā vaṭṭaṃ vaṭṭati (ka. sī.)], tadabhiññāvimutto bhikkhu, tadabhiññāvimuttaṃ bhikkhuṃ ‘na jānāti na passati itissa diṭṭhī’ti, tadakallaṃ.

127. ‘‘Satta kho, ānanda [satta kho imā ānanda (ka. sī. syā.)], viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, dve āyatanāni. Katamā satta? Santānanda, sattā nānattakāyā ¶ nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā ¶ , ekacce ca devā, ekacce ca ¶ vinipātikā. Ayaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Santānanda, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṃ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Santānanda, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṃ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Santānanda, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṃ catutthī viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Santānanda, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ pañcamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti ¶ . Santānanda, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ chaṭṭhī viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Santānanda, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṃ sattamī viññāṇaṭṭhiti. Asaññasattāyatanaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanameva dutiyaṃ.

128. ‘‘Tatrānanda, yāyaṃ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā, ekacce ca devā, ekacce ca vinipātikā. Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassā ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca atthaṅgamaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassā ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu tena tadabhinanditu’’nti? ‘‘No ¶ hetaṃ, bhante’’…pe… ‘‘tatrānanda, yamidaṃ asaññasattāyatanaṃ. Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu tena tadabhinanditu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tatrānanda, yamidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ. Yo nu kho, ānanda, tañca pajānāti, tassa ca samudayaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca atthaṅgamaṃ pajānāti, ¶ tassa ca assādaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca ādīnavaṃ pajānāti, tassa ca nissaraṇaṃ pajānāti, kallaṃ nu tena tadabhinanditu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu imāsañca sattannaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitīnaṃ imesañca dvinnaṃ āyatanānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti, ayaṃ vuccatānanda, bhikkhu paññāvimutto.

129. ‘‘Aṭṭha ¶ kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati ayaṃ ¶ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva ¶ adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi ¶ kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘nevasaññānāsaññā’yatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.

130. ‘‘Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu ime aṭṭha vimokkhe anulomampi samāpajjati, paṭilomampi samāpajjati, anulomapaṭilomampi samāpajjati, yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ samāpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi. Āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ vuccatānanda, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto. Imāya ca ānanda ubhatobhāgavimuttiyā aññā ubhatobhāgavimutti uttaritarā vā paṇītatarā vā natthī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.

131. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me ¶ sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi [ucchejjāmi (syā. pī.), ucchijjāmi (ka.)] vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti [āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṃ].

132. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ ¶ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.

133. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā ¶ bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ¶ ekamantaṃ ¶ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā [evañca vadeti rājā (ka.)], bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.

134. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno [vījayamāno (sī.), vījiyamāno (syā.)]. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ ¶ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ ¶ , ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti ¶ te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti [garukaronti (sī. syā. pī.)] mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye ¶ te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā ¶ , te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ ¶ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto ¶ vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ ¶ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

135. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni ¶ . Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva [akaraṇīyā ca (syā. ka.)], bho gotama, vajjī [vajjīnaṃ (ka.)] raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma ¶ , bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

136. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni ¶ karissanti ¶ , vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu [phāsuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

137. ‘‘Aparepi ¶ ¶ vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ ¶ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti ¶ na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ¶ ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

138. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… ¶ bahussutā bhavissanti… ¶ āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī ¶ bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

139. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

140. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca ¶ , bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca ¶ sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

141. ‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Yāvakīvañca ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti ¶ …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni [viññuppasatthāni (sī.)] aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca ¶ , bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

142. Tatra ¶ sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā ¶ mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

143. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

144. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane ¶ .

145. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ¶ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā [āsabhivācā (syā.)] bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.

‘‘Kiṃ ¶ ¶ te [kiṃ nu (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi ¶ , evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ [cetopariññāyañāṇaṃ (syā.), cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṃ (ka.)] natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī ¶ vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?

146. ‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ [anucariyāyapathaṃ (syā.)] anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa [na passeyya tassa evamassa (syā.)] – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ ¶ arahanto sammāsambuddhā ¶ , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā ¶ , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.

147. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane ¶ etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

148. Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi ¶ . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ ¶ [sabbasantharitaṃ satthataṃ (syā.), sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ vinayamahāvagga na dissati]. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā ¶ majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho [puratthimābhimukho (ka.)] nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ ¶ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.

149. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

150. ‘‘Pañcime ¶ ¶ , gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.

151. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu ¶ suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.

152. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā [sunīdhavassakārā (syā. ka.)] magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo ¶ sahasseva [sahassasseva (sī. pī. ka.), sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ), sahassasahasseva (udānaṭṭhakathā)] pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā ¶ rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho [ko nu kho (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti [māpetīti (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ ¶ , ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ ¶ . Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.

153. Atha ¶ kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ ¶ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

Tā pūjitā pūjayanti [pūjitā pūjayanti naṃ (ka.)], mānitā mānayanti naṃ.

Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

154. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami ¶ , taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā [pārā (sī. syā. ka.), orā (vi. mahāvagga)], pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

Kullañhi jano bandhati [kullaṃ jano ca bandhati (syā.), kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati (sī. pī. ka.)], tiṇṇā [nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (ka.)] medhāvino janā’’ti.

155. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ ¶ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Catunnaṃ ¶ , bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

Tatrapi ¶ sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

156. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā [nādikā (syā. pī.)] tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato ¶ paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto ¶ nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati ¶ , ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo [kakudho (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo [kāliṅgo (pī.), kāraḷimbo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho [kaṭissabho (sī. pī.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo [bhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo [subhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?

157. ‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā [parāyanā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho ¶ , ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako ¶ … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā ¶ . Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā ¶ kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti [chādhikā navuti (syā.)], ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni [dasātirekāni (syā.)], ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

158. ‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva [tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce (sī. pī.), tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kho (syā.)] kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni ¶ khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.

159. ‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?

‘‘Idhānanda ¶ , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.

‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.

‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno ¶ bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato ¶ sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.

‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.

Tatrapi ¶ sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –

‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

160. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā ¶ vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.

‘‘Kathañca ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite ¶ pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.

161. Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ ¶ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Assosuṃ ¶ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ ¶ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [parivattesi (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli ¶ , daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ [ekaṃ (ka.)] bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha [dajjeyyātha (vi. mahāvagga)], evamahaṃ taṃ [evampi mahantaṃ (syā.), evaṃ mahantaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti [neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattanti (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha [jitamhā (bahūsu)] vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti [‘‘jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā’’ti (syā.)].

Atha kho te licchavī yena ¶ ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ ¶ [yehi (vi. mahāvagga)], bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave ¶ , licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ [adhivāsitaṃ (syā.)] kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

162. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ¶ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ ¶ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya ¶ sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti ¶ – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

163. Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako [beḷuvagāmako (sī. pī.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando ¶ bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha [upagacchatha (syā.)]. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ ¶ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.

164. Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti)] aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ¶ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā ¶ – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.

165. ‘‘Kiṃ ¶ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)]? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)], ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena [veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)] yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa ¶ kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo ¶ . Ye ¶ hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.

166. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ [pāvālaṃ (cetiyaṃ (syā.)] tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

167. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ [sattambakaṃ (pī.)] cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa ¶ kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno [ākaṅkhamāno (?)], ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi ¶ kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ ¶ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ ¶ ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu ¶ , bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

168. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo ¶ dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī [uttāniṃ (ka.), uttāni (sī. pī.)] karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti ¶ . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā ¶ sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti ¶ . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo ¶ , sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni ¶ , bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni ¶ , bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ ¶ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi ¶ , yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti ¶ .

Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.

169. Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso [lomahaṃso (syā.)], devadundubhiyo [devadudrabhiyo (ka.)] ca phaliṃsu ¶ . Atha kho bhagavā ¶ etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

170. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ ¶ , bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante ¶ , hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

171. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ¶ hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā ¶ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya ¶ nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.

172. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā [cātummahārājikaparisā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda ¶ , anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā ¶ . Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā ¶ kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.

173. ‘‘Aṭṭha ¶ kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha ¶ ? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ ¶ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ ¶ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā ¶ vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ ¶ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā ¶ odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ ¶ . Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.

174. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ ¶ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.

175. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ ¶ , ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā ¶ sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti ¶ vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena ¶ suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘‘‘Na ¶ tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.

176. ‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima ¶ , parinibbāyissāmi ¶ , yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ ¶ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.

177. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.

178. Evaṃ ¶ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

‘‘Saddahasi ¶ tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno ¶ kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ¶ ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

179. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ ¶ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya ¶ kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

180. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi ¶ sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye ¶ tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro ¶ , ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane ¶ kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

181. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā ¶ bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

182. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ ¶ ¶ , ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye ¶ …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā ¶ anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

183. ‘‘Nanu etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. pī.)], ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī. pī.)] akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ¶ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca [taṃ vacanaṃ (sī.)] tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti [paccāgamissatīti (syā. ka.)] netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho ¶ āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā ¶ āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

184. Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ¶ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya ¶ devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

185. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa ¶ parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā [ito paraṃ syāmapotthake evaṃpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ.§sabbaṃ bhedapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.§athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā]. –

Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti [viharissati (syā.), vihessati (sī.)].

186. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo [bhaṇḍugāmo (ka.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ ¶ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ ¶ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

187. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho ¶ bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ , bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

188. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni [otāretabbāni], vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni [otāriyamānāni] vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti [otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni. 4.180], na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva ¶ osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

‘‘Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā ¶ paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva ¶ osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā ¶ , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti ¶ , niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā ¶ , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ¶ ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso ¶ . Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

189. Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ ¶ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā ¶ bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ¶ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ ¶ , tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ ¶ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

190. Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ ¶ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

191. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando ¶ bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ¶ ¶ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā [kakuthā (sī. pī.)] nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā ¶ sītodakā setodakā [setakā (sī.)] suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī [sītaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] karissatī’’ti.

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.

Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā ¶ pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha [sandati (syā.)]. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.

192. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante ¶ , āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa [sakaṭasatassa (ka.)] piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu [api hi (sī. syā. pī.)] te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno ¶ jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.

193. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni ¶ sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ ¶ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu [vijjutāsu (sī. syā. pī.)] niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni [nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sī.)], sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo ¶ saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.

‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā [balibaddā (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ¶ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni ¶ , bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante ¶ vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?

‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti [suṇissati (syā.)]. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya ¶ [siṅghasotāya (ka.)] vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ ¶ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca ¶ bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

194. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari [āharasi (ka.)]. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

195. Atha ¶ ¶ kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya [vītaccikaṃviya (sī. pī.)] khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato ¶ kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena [antare (syā.)] yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati [bhavissatīti (ka.)]. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

196. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami ¶ ; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ ¶ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.

Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā [pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (ka.)],

197. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho [yo kho (ka.)], panānanda, cundassa ¶ kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā ¶ [samā samaphalā (ka.)] samavipākā [samasamavipākā (sī. syā. pī.)], ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā ¶ , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ ¶ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

198. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde ¶ pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ¶ ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.

199. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu ¶ vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati [idaṃ padaṃ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati], paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.

200. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho ¶ āyasmā ¶ upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā ¶ tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.

201. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti [manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti [chinnaṃpādaṃviya papatanti (syā.)], āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ [cakkhumā (syā. ka.)] loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.

‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ ¶ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.

‘‘Yā ¶ ¶ pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.

202. ‘‘Pubbe ¶ , bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā [vassaṃvutthā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.

‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho ¶ , ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.

‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.

203. ‘‘Kathaṃ ¶ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.

204. ‘‘Kathaṃ ¶ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha [sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sī. syā.), sadatthaṃ anuyuñjatha (pī.), sāratthe anuyuñjatha (ka.)], sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.

205. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena ¶ veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ [sarīre (syā. ka.)] veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti ¶ . Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ [vaṇṇakaṃ (sī. pī.)] vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.

206. ‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. ka.)] thūpārahoti.

‘‘Kiñcānanda ¶ , atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa ¶ ¶ thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako ¶ thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.

207. Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi ¶ – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ ¶ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.

208. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ ¶ , ayaṃ ¶ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.

209. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā [abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.)] ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ ¶ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.

‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro ¶ ? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya ¶ upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva ¶ kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā ¶ hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.

210. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā ¶ rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca ¶ bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ¶ ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.

‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ¶ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ¶ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.

211. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā. pī.)] sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ¶ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ ¶ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ¶ ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde ¶ sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.

212. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha ¶ kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva ¶ rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto ¶ sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā ¶ loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa ¶ gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā ¶ dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.

213. Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ ¶ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu ¶ , udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

214. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo ¶ na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi ¶ aññehi [aññe (pī.)]. Ime ¶ ca [idheva (ka.)], subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.

‘‘Dutiyopi ¶ samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.

215. Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ¶ ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro ¶ māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo ¶ paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu [satthārā (syā.)] sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha ¶ kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti ¶ abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.

216. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ¶ ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.

217. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ¶ ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi ¶ , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi ¶ , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.

218. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa ¶ dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

219. Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha ¶ , bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ ¶ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.

220. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute ¶ bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

221. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

222. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

223. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

224. Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto ¶ , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.

225. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ ¶ vijjati ¶ . Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti [bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]?

‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto ¶ , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.

226. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ¶ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.

227. Atha ¶ kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā ¶ pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi ¶ divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.

228. Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi ¶ sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi ¶ gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.

229. Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā [saṇṭhitā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi ¶ gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.

230. Atha ¶ kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena ¶ veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti ¶ . Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.

Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena ¶ veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.

231. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi ¶ bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te ¶ bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.

232. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te ¶ bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ¶ bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ ¶ , āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.

233. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.

234. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato ¶ citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā ¶ bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ¶ ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.

235. Jhāyamānassa ¶ kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi [udakaṃ sālatopi (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā ¶ [parikkhipitvā (syā.)] naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.

236. Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ ¶ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ¶ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho ¶ , mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo [thūlayo (syā.)] – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti ¶ .

Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā ¶ amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.

238. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.

Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā [pipphalivaniyā (syā.)] moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu [āhariṃsu (syā. ka.)].

239. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi ¶ licchavī vesāliyaṃ ¶ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato ¶ sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane ¶ aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.

240. Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.

241. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kusinārāyaṃ viharati upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ parinibbānasamaye. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni. Seyyathidaṃ – campā, rājagahaṃ, sāvatthi, sāketaṃ, kosambī, bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.

242. ‘‘Mā hevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; mā hevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’’nti.

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi khattiyo muddhāvasitto [khattiyo muddhābhisitto (ka.), cakkavattīdhammiko dhammarājā (mahāparinibbānasutta)] cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto ¶ . Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi. Puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena, uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda ¶ , devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca [iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca (syā.)] bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda ¶ , rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena ¶ sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.

‘‘Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī sattahi pākārehi parikkhittā ahosi. Eko pākāro sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpiyamayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo, eko lohitaṅkamayo ¶ [lohitaṅgamayo (ka.), lohitakamayo (byākaraṇesu)], eko masāragallamayo, eko sabbaratanamayo. Kusāvatiyā, ānanda, rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. Ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ ¶ . Ekekasmiṃ dvāre satta satta esikā nikhātā ahesuṃ tiporisaṅgā tiporisanikhātā dvādasaporisā ubbedhena. Ekā esikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī sattahi tālapantīhi parikkhittā ahosi. Ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. Sovaṇṇamayassa tālassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho ahosi, rūpiyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Rūpiyamayassa tālassa rūpiyamayo khandho ahosi, sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa tālassa veḷuriyamayo khandho ahosi, phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikamayassa tālassa phalikamayo khandho ahosi, veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi, masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi, lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Sabbaratanamayassa tālassa sabbaratanamayo khandho ahosi, sabbaratanamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Tāsaṃ kho panānanda, tālapantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo [kamanīyo (sī. syā. pī.)] ca madanīyo ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭitāḷitassa sukusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca ¶ rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca ¶ , evameva kho, ānanda, tāsaṃ tālapantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye kho panānanda, tena samayena kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā pipāsā, te tāsaṃ tālapantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena ¶ paricāresuṃ.

243. ‘‘Rājā ¶ , ānanda, mahāsudassano sattahi ratanehi samannāgato ahosi catūhi ca iddhīhi. Katamehi sattahi? Idhānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṃnhātassa uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pāturahosi sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ. Disvā rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘sutaṃ kho panetaṃ – ‘‘yassa rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṃnhātassa uposathikassa uparipāsādavaragatassa dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhavati sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ, so hoti rājā cakkavattī’’ti. Assaṃ nu kho ahaṃ rājā cakkavattī’ti.

244. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vāmena hatthena suvaṇṇabhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena cakkaratanaṃ abbhukkiri – ‘pavattatu bhavaṃ cakkaratanaṃ, abhivijinātu bhavaṃ cakkaratana’nti. Atha kho taṃ, ānanda, cakkaratanaṃ puratthimaṃ disaṃ pavatti [pavattati (syā. ka.)], anvadeva [anudeva (syā.)] rājā mahāsudassano saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya, yasmiṃ kho panānanda, padese cakkaratanaṃ ¶ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā mahāsudassano vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Ye kho panānanda, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ¶ evamāhaṃsu – ‘ehi kho mahārāja, svāgataṃ te mahārāja, sakaṃ te mahārāja, anusāsa mahārājā’ti. Rājā mahāsudassano evamāha – ‘pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ na ādātabbaṃ, kāmesu micchā na caritabbā, musā na bhaṇitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, yathābhuttañca bhuñjathā’ti ¶ . Ye kho panānanda, puratthimāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rañño mahāsudassanassa anuyantā ahesuṃ. Atha kho taṃ, ānanda, cakkaratanaṃ puratthimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ pavatti…pe… dakkhiṇaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā pacchimaṃ disaṃ pavatti…pe… pacchimaṃ samuddaṃ ajjhogāhetvā paccuttaritvā uttaraṃ disaṃ pavatti, anvadeva rājā mahāsudassano saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Yasmiṃ kho panānanda, padese cakkaratanaṃ patiṭṭhāsi, tattha rājā mahāsudassano vāsaṃ upagacchi saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Ye kho panānanda, uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno, te rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ehi kho mahārāja, svāgataṃ te mahārāja, sakaṃ te mahārāja, anusāsa mahārājā’ti. Rājā mahāsudassano evamāha – ‘pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ na ādātabbaṃ, kāmesu micchā na caritabbā, musā ¶ na bhaṇitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ ¶ , yathābhuttañca bhuñjathā’ti. Ye kho panānanda, uttarāya disāya paṭirājāno ¶ , te rañño mahāsudassanassa anuyantā ahesuṃ.

245. ‘‘Atha kho taṃ, ānanda, cakkaratanaṃ samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ abhivijinitvā kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā rañño mahāsudassanassa antepuradvāre atthakaraṇapamukhe akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsi rañño mahāsudassanassa antepuraṃ upasobhayamānaṃ. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pāturahosi.

246. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa hatthiratanaṃ pāturahosi sabbaseto sattappatiṭṭho iddhimā vehāsaṅgamo uposatho nāma nāgarājā. Taṃ disvā rañño mahāsudassanassa cittaṃ pasīdi – ‘bhaddakaṃ vata bho hatthiyānaṃ, sace damathaṃ upeyyā’ti. Atha kho taṃ, ānanda, hatthiratanaṃ – seyyathāpi nāma gandhahatthājāniyo dīgharattaṃ suparidanto, evameva damathaṃ upagacchi. Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva hatthiratanaṃ vīmaṃsamāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ abhiruhitvā samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ anuyāyitvā kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā pātarāsamakāsi. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ hatthiratanaṃ pāturahosi.

247. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa assaratanaṃ pāturahosi sabbaseto kāḷasīso muñjakeso iddhimā vehāsaṅgamo valāhako nāma assarājā. Taṃ disvā rañño mahāsudassanassa cittaṃ pasīdi – ‘bhaddakaṃ vata bho assayānaṃ sace damathaṃ upeyyā’ti. Atha ¶ kho taṃ ¶ , ānanda, assaratanaṃ seyyathāpi nāma bhaddo assājāniyo dīgharattaṃ suparidanto, evameva damathaṃ upagacchi. Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva assaratanaṃ vīmaṃsamāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ abhiruhitvā samuddapariyantaṃ pathaviṃ anuyāyitvā kusāvatiṃ rājadhāniṃ paccāgantvā pātarāsamakāsi. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ assaratanaṃ pāturahosi.

248. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa maṇiratanaṃ pāturahosi. So ahosi maṇi veḷuriyo subho jātimā aṭṭhaṃso suparikammakato accho vippasanno anāvilo sabbākārasampanno. Tassa kho panānanda, maṇiratanassa ābhā samantā yojanaṃ phuṭā ahosi. Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva maṇiratanaṃ vīmaṃsamāno caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā maṇiṃ dhajaggaṃ āropetvā rattandhakāratimisāya pāyāsi. Ye kho panānanda, samantā gāmā ahesuṃ, te tenobhāsena kammante payojesuṃ divāti maññamānā. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ maṇiratanaṃ pāturahosi.

249. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa itthiratanaṃ pāturahosi abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷikā nāccodātā atikkantā mānusivaṇṇaṃ [mānussivaṇṇaṃ (syā.)] appattā dibbavaṇṇaṃ. Tassa kho panānanda, itthiratanassa evarūpo kāyasamphasso ¶ hoti, seyyathāpi ¶ nāma tūlapicuno vā kappāsapicuno vā. Tassa kho panānanda, itthiratanassa sīte uṇhāni gattāni honti, uṇhe sītāni. Tassa kho panānanda, itthiratanassa kāyato candanagandho vāyati, mukhato uppalagandho. Taṃ kho panānanda, itthiratanaṃ rañño mahāsudassanassa pubbuṭṭhāyinī ahosi pacchānipātinī ¶ kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī. Taṃ kho panānanda, itthiratanaṃ rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ manasāpi no aticari [aticarī (ka.), aticārī (sī. syā. pī.)], kuto pana kāyena. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ itthiratanaṃ pāturahosi.

250. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa gahapatiratanaṃ pāturahosi. Tassa kammavipākajaṃ dibbacakkhu pāturahosi yena nidhiṃ passati sassāmikampi assāmikampi. So rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, deva, hohi, ahaṃ te dhanena dhanakaraṇīyaṃ karissāmī’ti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva gahapatiratanaṃ vīmaṃsamāno nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā majjhe gaṅgāya nadiyā sotaṃ ogāhitvā gahapatiratanaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘attho me, gahapati, hiraññasuvaṇṇenā’ti. ‘Tena hi, mahārāja, ekaṃ tīraṃ nāvā upetū’ti. ‘Idheva me, gahapati, attho hiraññasuvaṇṇenā’ti. Atha kho taṃ, ānanda, gahapatiratanaṃ ubhohi hatthehi udakaṃ omasitvā pūraṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa kumbhiṃ uddharitvā rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘alamettāvatā mahārāja, katamettāvatā mahārāja, pūjitamettāvatā mahārājā’ti? Rājā mahāsudassano evamāha – ‘alamettāvatā gahapati, katamettāvatā gahapati, pūjitamettāvatā gahapatī’ti. Rañño ¶ , ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pāturahosi.

251. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa pariṇāyakaratanaṃ pāturahosi paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ ¶ upayāpetabbaṃ upayāpetuṃ, apayāpetabbaṃ apayāpetuṃ, ṭhapetabbaṃ ṭhapetuṃ. So rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, deva, hohi, ahamanusāsissāmī’ti. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa evarūpaṃ pariṇāyakaratanaṃ pāturahosi.

‘‘Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imehi sattahi ratanehi samannāgato ahosi.

252. ‘‘Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano catūhi iddhīhi samannāgato ahosi. Katamāhi catūhi iddhīhi? Idhānanda, rājā mahāsudassano abhirūpo ahosi dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato ativiya aññehi manussehi. Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāya paṭhamāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano dīghāyuko ahosi ciraṭṭhitiko ativiya aññehi manussehi. Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano ¶ imāya dutiyāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano appābādho ahosi appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya ativiya aññehi manussehi. Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāya tatiyāya iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ ¶ , ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ piyo ahosi manāpo. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pitā puttānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, evameva kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ piyo ahosi manāpo. Raññopi, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa brāhmaṇagahapatikā piyā ahesuṃ manāpā. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pitu puttā piyā honti manāpā, evameva kho, ānanda, raññopi mahāsudassanassa brāhmaṇagahapatikā piyā ahesuṃ manāpā.

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano caturaṅginiyā senāya uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyāsi. Atha kho, ānanda, brāhmaṇagahapatikā rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘ataramāno, deva, yāhi, yathā ¶ taṃ mayaṃ cirataraṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Rājāpi, ānanda, mahāsudassano sārathiṃ āmantesi – ‘ataramāno, sārathi, rathaṃ pesehi, yathā ahaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatike cirataraṃ passeyya’nti. Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāya catutthiyā [catutthāya (syā.)] iddhiyā samannāgato ahosi. Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano imāhi ¶ catūhi iddhīhi samannāgato ahosi.

253. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imāsu tālantarikāsu dhanusate dhanusate pokkharaṇiyo māpeyya’nti.

‘‘Māpesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tāsu tālantarikāsu dhanusate dhanusate pokkharaṇiyo. Tā kho panānanda, pokkharaṇiyo catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ iṭṭhakāhi citā ahesuṃ – ekā iṭṭhakā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā.

‘‘Tāsu kho panānanda, pokkharaṇīsu cattāri cattāri sopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ, ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa ¶ sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā ¶ thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpiyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Rūpiyamayassa sopānassa rūpiyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Veḷuriyamayassa sopānassa veḷuriyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, phalikamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Tā kho panānanda, pokkharaṇiyo dvīhi vedikāhi parikkhittā ahesuṃ ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā. Sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpiyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Rūpiyamayāya vedikāya rūpiyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Atha kho, ānanda ¶ , rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imāsu pokkharaṇīsu evarūpaṃ mālaṃ ropāpeyyaṃ uppalaṃ padumaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ sabbotukaṃ sabbajanassa anāvaṭa’nti. Ropāpesi kho ¶ , ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tāsu pokkharaṇīsu evarūpaṃ mālaṃ uppalaṃ padumaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ sabbotukaṃ sabbajanassa anāvaṭaṃ.

254. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre nhāpake purise ṭhapeyyaṃ, ye āgatāgataṃ janaṃ nhāpessantī’ti. Ṭhapesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre nhāpake purise, ye āgatāgataṃ janaṃ nhāpesuṃ.

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre evarūpaṃ dānaṃ paṭṭhapeyyaṃ – annaṃ annaṭṭhikassa [annatthitassa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), evaṃ sabbattha pakabhirūpeneva dissati], pānaṃ pānaṭṭhikassa, vatthaṃ vatthaṭṭhikassa, yānaṃ yānaṭṭhikassa, sayanaṃ sayanaṭṭhikassa, itthiṃ itthiṭṭhikassa, hiraññaṃ hiraññaṭṭhikassa, suvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇaṭṭhikassā’ti. Paṭṭhapesi ¶ kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tāsaṃ pokkharaṇīnaṃ tīre evarūpaṃ dānaṃ – annaṃ annaṭṭhikassa, pānaṃ pānaṭṭhikassa, vatthaṃ vatthaṭṭhikassa, yānaṃ yānaṭṭhikassa, sayanaṃ sayanaṭṭhikassa, itthiṃ itthiṭṭhikassa, hiraññaṃ hiraññaṭṭhikassa, suvaṇṇaṃ suvaṇṇaṭṭhikassa.

255. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ ādāya rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘idaṃ, deva, pahūtaṃ ¶ sāpateyyaṃ devaññeva uddissa ābhataṃ, taṃ devo paṭiggaṇhatū’ti. ‘Alaṃ bho, mamapidaṃ pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ dhammikena balinā abhisaṅkhataṃ, tañca vo hotu, ito ca bhiyyo harathā’ti. Te raññā paṭikkhittā ekamantaṃ apakkamma ¶ evaṃ samacintesuṃ – ‘na kho etaṃ amhākaṃ patirūpaṃ, yaṃ mayaṃ imāni sāpateyyāni punadeva sakāni gharāni paṭihareyyāma. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ rañño mahāsudassanassa nivesanaṃ māpeyyāmā’ti. Te rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘nivesanaṃ te deva, māpessāmā’ti. Adhivāsesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tuṇhībhāvena.

256. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, sakko devānamindo rañño mahāsudassanassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya vissakammaṃ [visukammaṃ (ka.)] devaputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘ehi ¶ tvaṃ, samma vissakamma, rañño mahāsudassanassa nivesanaṃ māpehi dhammaṃ nāma pāsāda’nti. ‘Evaṃ bhaddantavā’ti kho, ānanda, vissakammo devaputto ¶ sakkassa devānamindassa paṭissutvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva devesu tāvatiṃsesu antarahito rañño mahāsudassanassa purato pāturahosi. Atha kho, ānanda, vissakammo devaputto rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ etadavoca – ‘nivesanaṃ te deva, māpessāmi dhammaṃ nāma ¶ pāsāda’nti. Adhivāsesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tuṇhībhāvena.

‘‘Māpesi kho, ānanda, vissakammo devaputto rañño mahāsudassanassa nivesanaṃ dhammaṃ nāma pāsādaṃ. Dhammo, ānanda, pāsādo puratthimena pacchimena ca yojanaṃ āyāmena ahosi. Uttarena dakkhiṇena ca aḍḍhayojanaṃ vitthārena. Dhammassa, ānanda, pāsādassa tiporisaṃ uccatarena vatthu citaṃ ahosi catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ iṭṭhakāhi – ekā iṭṭhakā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā.

‘‘Dhammassa, ānanda, pāsādassa caturāsīti thambhasahassāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ – eko thambho sovaṇṇamayo, eko rūpiyamayo, eko veḷuriyamayo, eko phalikamayo. Dhammo, ānanda, pāsādo catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ phalakehi santhato ahosi – ekaṃ phalakaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.

‘‘Dhammassa, ānanda, pāsādassa catuvīsati sopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ – ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ rūpiyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Rūpiyamayassa sopānassa rūpiyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Veḷuriyamayassa sopānassa ¶ veḷuriyamayā ¶ thambhā ahesuṃ phalikamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā thambhā ahesuṃ veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ¶ ca uṇhīsañca.

‘‘Dhamme, ānanda, pāsāde caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ – ekaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ ¶ , ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamaye kūṭāgāre rūpiyamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, rūpiyamaye kūṭāgāre sovaṇṇamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, veḷuriyamaye kūṭāgāre dantamayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi, phalikamaye kūṭāgāre sāramayo pallaṅko paññatto ahosi. Sovaṇṇamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre rūpiyamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi, tassa rūpiyamayo khandho sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Rūpiyamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sovaṇṇamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi, tassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho, rūpiyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre phalikamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi, tassa phalikamayo khandho, veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikamayassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre veḷuriyamayo tālo ṭhito ahosi, tassa veḷuriyamayo khandho, phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca.

257. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ mahāviyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sabbasovaṇṇamayaṃ tālavanaṃ māpeyyaṃ, yattha divāvihāraṃ nisīdissāmī’ti. Māpesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sabbasovaṇṇamayaṃ tālavanaṃ, yattha divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Dhammo, ānanda ¶ , pāsādo dvīhi vedikāhi parikkhitto ¶ ahosi, ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā. Sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, rūpiyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Rūpiyamayāya vedikāya rūpiyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ, sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca.

258. ‘‘Dhammo, ānanda, pāsādo dvīhi kiṅkiṇikajālehi [kiṅkaṇikajālehi (syā. ka.)] parikkhitto ahosi – ekaṃ jālaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa jālassa rūpiyamayā kiṅkiṇikā ahesuṃ, rūpiyamayassa jālassa sovaṇṇamayā kiṅkiṇikā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, kiṅkiṇikajālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭitāḷitassa ¶ sukusalehi [kusalehi (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] samannāhatassa saddo hoti, vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca, evameva kho, ānanda, tesaṃ kiṅkiṇikajālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca ¶ madanīyo ca. Ye kho panānanda, tena samayena kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā pipāsā, te tesaṃ kiṅkiṇikajālānaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ. Niṭṭhito kho panānanda, dhammo pāsādo duddikkho ahosi musati cakkhūni. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve ādicco nabhaṃ abbhussakkamāno [abbhuggamamāno (sī. pī. ka.)] duddikkho ¶ [dudikkho (pī.)] hoti ¶ musati cakkhūni; evameva kho, ānanda, dhammo pāsādo duddikkho ahosi musati cakkhūni.

259. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammassa pāsādassa purato dhammaṃ nāma pokkharaṇiṃ māpeyya’nti. Māpesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano dhammassa pāsādassa purato dhammaṃ nāma pokkharaṇiṃ. Dhammā, ānanda, pokkharaṇī puratthimena pacchimena ca yojanaṃ āyāmena ahosi, uttarena dakkhiṇena ca aḍḍhayojanaṃ vitthārena. Dhammā, ānanda, pokkharaṇī catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ iṭṭhakāhi citā ahosi – ekā iṭṭhakā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā.

‘‘Dhammāya, ānanda, pokkharaṇiyā catuvīsati sopānāni ahesuṃ catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ – ekaṃ sopānaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ. Sovaṇṇamayassa sopānassa sovaṇṇamayā thambhā ahesuṃ rūpiyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Rūpiyamayassa sopānassa rūpiyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Veḷuriyamayassa sopānassa veḷuriyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ phalikamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Phalikamayassa sopānassa phalikamayā thambhā ahesuṃ veḷuriyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca.

‘‘Dhammā, ānanda, pokkharaṇī dvīhi vedikāhi parikkhittā ahosi – ekā vedikā sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā. Sovaṇṇamayāya vedikāya sovaṇṇamayā ¶ thambhā ahesuṃ ¶ rūpiyamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca. Rūpiyamayāya vedikāya rūpiyamayā thambhā ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayā sūciyo ca uṇhīsañca.

‘‘Dhammā, ānanda, pokkharaṇī sattahi tālapantīhi parikkhittā ahosi – ekā tālapanti sovaṇṇamayā, ekā rūpiyamayā, ekā veḷuriyamayā, ekā phalikamayā, ekā lohitaṅkamayā, ekā masāragallamayā, ekā sabbaratanamayā. Sovaṇṇamayassa tālassa sovaṇṇamayo khandho ahosi rūpiyamayāni ¶ pattāni ca phalāni ca. Rūpiyamayassa tālassa rūpiyamayo ¶ khandho ahosi sovaṇṇamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Veḷuriyamayassa tālassa veḷuriyamayo khandho ahosi phalikamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Phalikamayassa tālassa phalikamayo khandho ahosi veḷuriyamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Lohitaṅkamayassa tālassa lohitaṅkamayo khandho ahosi masāragallamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Masāragallamayassa tālassa masāragallamayo khandho ahosi lohitaṅkamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Sabbaratanamayassa tālassa sabbaratanamayo khandho ahosi, sabbaratanamayāni pattāni ca phalāni ca. Tāsaṃ kho panānanda, tālapantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ahosi, vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭitāḷitassa sukusalehi samannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca, evameva kho, ānanda, tāsaṃ tālapantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddo ¶ ahosi vaggu ca rajanīyo ca khamanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Ye kho panānanda, tena samayena kusāvatiyā rājadhāniyā dhuttā ahesuṃ soṇḍā pipāsā, te tāsaṃ tālapantīnaṃ vāteritānaṃ saddena paricāresuṃ.

‘‘Niṭṭhite kho panānanda, dhamme pāsāde niṭṭhitāya dhammāya ca pokkharaṇiyā rājā mahāsudassano ‘ye [ye ko panānanda (syā. ka.)] tena samayena samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā’, te sabbakāmehi santappetvā dhammaṃ pāsādaṃ abhiruhi.

260. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘kissa nu kho me idaṃ kammassa phalaṃ kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti? Atha ¶ kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘tiṇṇaṃ kho me idaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo, seyyathidaṃ dānassa damassa saṃyamassā’ti.

‘‘Atha ¶ kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano yena mahāviyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mahāviyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre ṭhito udānaṃ udānesi – ‘tiṭṭha, kāmavitakka, tiṭṭha, byāpādavitakka, tiṭṭha, vihiṃsāvitakka. Ettāvatā kāmavitakka, ettāvatā byāpādavitakka, ettāvatā vihiṃsāvitakkā’ti.

261. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhaṃ ¶ kūṭāgāraṃ pavisitvā sovaṇṇamaye pallaṅke nisinno vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihāsi, sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesi, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsi.

262. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ pavisitvā rūpiyamaye pallaṅke nisinno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi. Tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi. Karuṇāsahagatena ¶ cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena ¶ cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena ¶ averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi.

263. ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa caturāsīti nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni; caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni ahesuṃ dhammapāsādappamukhāni; caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni ahesuṃ mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni; caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni ¶ ahesuṃ sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni; caturāsīti nāgasahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni; caturāsīti assasahassāni ahesuṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni; caturāsīti rathasahassāni ahesuṃ sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni; caturāsīti maṇisahassāni ahesuṃ maṇiratanappamukhāni; caturāsīti itthisahassāni ahesuṃ subhaddādevippamukhāni; caturāsīti ¶ gahapatisahassāni ahesuṃ gahapatiratanappamukhāni; caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni ahesuṃ anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni; caturāsīti dhenusahassāni ahesuṃ duhasandanāni [dukūlasandanāni(pī.)] dukūlasandānāni [dukūlasandanāni (pī.) dukūlasandānāni (saṃ. ni. 3.96)] kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni; caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni ahesuṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ ¶ ; (rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa) [( ) sī. ipotthakesu natthi] caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni ahesuṃ sāyaṃ pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha.

264. ‘‘Tena ¶ kho panānanda, samayena rañño mahāsudassanassa caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti. Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa etadahosi – ‘imāni kho me caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, yaṃnūna vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena dvecattālīsaṃ dvecattālīsaṃ nāgasahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyu’nti. Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano pariṇāyakaratanaṃ āmantesi – ‘imāni kho me, samma pariṇāyakaratana, caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti, tena hi, samma pariṇāyakaratana, vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena dvecattālīsaṃ dvecattālīsaṃ ¶ nāgasahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchantū’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, ānanda, pariṇāyakaratanaṃ rañño mahāsudassanassa paccassosi. Atha kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa aparena samayena vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena dvecattālīsaṃ dvecattālīsaṃ nāgasahassāni sakiṃ sakiṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamaṃsu.

265. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddāya deviyā bahunnaṃ vassānaṃ bahunnaṃ vassasatānaṃ bahunnaṃ ¶ vassasahassānaṃ accayena etadahosi – ‘ciraṃ diṭṭho kho me rājā mahāsudassano. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyya’nti. Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddā devī ¶ itthāgāraṃ āmantesi – ‘etha tumhe sīsāni nhāyatha pītāni vatthāni pārupatha. Ciraṃ diṭṭho no rājā mahāsudassano, rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, ayye’ti kho, ānanda, itthāgāraṃ subhaddāya deviyā paṭissutvā sīsāni nhāyitvā pītāni vatthāni pārupitvā yena subhaddā devī tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddā devī pariṇāyakaratanaṃ āmantesi – ‘kappehi, samma pariṇāyakaratana, caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ, ciraṃ diṭṭho no rājā mahāsudassano, rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devī’ti kho, ānanda, pariṇāyakaratanaṃ subhaddāya deviyā paṭissutvā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ kappāpetvā subhaddāya deviyā paṭivedesi – ‘kappitā kho, devi, caturaṅginī senā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’ti. Atha ¶ kho, ānanda, subhaddā ¶ devī caturaṅginiyā senāya saddhiṃ itthāgārena yena dhammo pāsādo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dhammaṃ pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā yena mahāviyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā mahāviyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvārabāhaṃ ālambitvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano saddaṃ sutvā – ‘kiṃ nu kho mahato viya janakāyassa saddo’ti mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamanto addasa subhaddaṃ deviṃ dvārabāhaṃ ālambitvā ṭhitaṃ, disvāna subhaddaṃ deviṃ etadavoca – ‘ettheva, devi, tiṭṭha mā pāvisī’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano aññataraṃ ¶ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapehī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, ānanda, so puriso rañño mahāsudassanassa paṭissutvā mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapesi. Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.

266. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddāya deviyā etadahosi – ‘vippasannāni kho rañño mahāsudassanassa indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto, mā heva kho rājā mahāsudassano kālamakāsī’ti rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ etadavoca –

‘Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni ¶ te, deva, caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti ¶ kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi, jīvite ¶ apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni. Ettha, deva ¶ , chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti itthisahassāni itthiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni ¶ kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ ¶ kambalasukhumānaṃ. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi, jīvite apekkhaṃ karohi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyati. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ janehi jīvite apekkhaṃ karohī’ti.

267. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano subhaddaṃ deviṃ etadavoca –

‘Dīgharattaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ, devi, iṭṭhehi kantehi piyehi manāpehi samudācarittha; atha ca pana maṃ tvaṃ pacchime kāle aniṭṭhehi akantehi appiyehi amanāpehi samudācarasī’ti. ‘Kathaṃ carahi taṃ, deva, samudācarāmī’ti? ‘Evaṃ kho maṃ tvaṃ, devi, samudācara – ‘‘sabbeheva, deva, piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo, mā kho tvaṃ, deva, sāpekkho kālamakāsi, dukkhā sāpekkhassa kālaṅkiriyā, garahitā ca sāpekkhassa kālaṅkiriyā. Imāni ¶ te, deva, caturāsīti nagarasahassāni ¶ kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te ¶ , deva, caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni ¶ uposathanāgarājappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti itthisahassāni subhaddādevippamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni. Ettha deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni ¶ te, deva, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ ¶ mākāsi. Imāni te deva caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyati. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsī’’’ti.

268. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ vutte, ānanda, subhaddā devī parodi assūni pavattesi. Atha kho, ānanda, subhaddā devī assūni puñchitvā [pamajjitvā (sī. syā. pī.), puñjitvā (ka.)] rājānaṃ mahāsudassanaṃ etadavoca –

‘Sabbeheva ¶ , deva, piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo, mā kho tvaṃ, deva, sāpekkho kālamakāsi, dukkhā sāpekkhassa kālaṅkiriyā, garahitā ca sāpekkhassa kālaṅkiriyā. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te ¶ , deva, caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni ¶ . Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti itthisahassāni itthiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha, jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te ¶ , deva, caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ. Ettha, deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsi. Imāni te, deva, caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyati. Ettha ¶ , deva, chandaṃ pajaha jīvite apekkhaṃ mākāsī’ti.

269. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nacirasseva kālamakāsi. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā manuññaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuttāvissa bhattasammado hoti, evameva kho, ānanda, rañño mahāsudassanassa ¶ māraṇantikā vedanā ahosi. Kālaṅkato ca, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano sugatiṃ brahmalokaṃ upapajji. Rājā, ānanda, mahāsudassano caturāsīti vassasahassāni kumārakīḷaṃ [kīḷitaṃ (ka.), kīḷikaṃ (sī. pī.)] kīḷi. Caturāsīti vassasahassāni oparajjaṃ kāresi. Caturāsīti vassasahassāni rajjaṃ kāresi. Caturāsīti vassasahassāni gihibhūto [gihībhūto (sī. pī.)] dhamme pāsāde brahmacariyaṃ cari [brahmacariyamacari (ka.)]. So cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmalokūpago ahosi.

270. ‘‘Siyā kho panānanda, evamassa – ‘añño nūna tena samayena rājā mahāsudassano ahosī’ti, na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ahaṃ tena samayena rājā mahāsudassano ahosiṃ. Mama tāni caturāsīti nagarasahassāni kusāvatīrājadhānippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni dhammapāsādappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni mahāviyūhakūṭāgārappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni dantamayāni sāramayāni gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni ¶ sauttaracchadāni ¶ ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, mama tāni caturāsīti nāgasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposathanāgarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti assasahassāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni valāhakaassarājappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti rathasahassāni sīhacammaparivārāni ¶ byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni vejayantarathappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti maṇisahassāni maṇiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti itthisahassāni subhaddādevippamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti gahapatisahassāni gahapatiratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti khattiyasahassāni anuyantāni pariṇāyakaratanappamukhāni, mama tāni caturāsīti dhenusahassāni duhasandanāni kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni, mama tāni caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ, mama tāni caturāsīti thālipākasahassāni sāyaṃ pātaṃ bhattābhihāro abhihariyittha.

271. ‘‘Tesaṃ ¶ kho panānanda, caturāsītinagarasahassānaṃ ekaññeva taṃ nagaraṃ hoti, yaṃ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi yadidaṃ kusāvatī rājadhānī. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītipāsādasahassānaṃ ekoyeva so pāsādo hoti, yaṃ tena samayena ¶ ajjhāvasāmi yadidaṃ dhammo pāsādo. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītikūṭāgārasahassānaṃ ekaññeva taṃ kūṭāgāraṃ hoti, yaṃ tena samayena ajjhāvasāmi yadidaṃ mahāviyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītipallaṅkasahassānaṃ ekoyeva so pallaṅko hoti, yaṃ tena samayena paribhuñjāmi yadidaṃ sovaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā dantamayo vā sāramayo vā. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītināgasahassānaṃ ekoyeva so nāgo hoti, yaṃ tena samayena abhiruhāmi yadidaṃ uposatho nāgarājā. Tesaṃ ¶ kho panānanda, caturāsītiassasahassānaṃ ekoyeva so asso hoti, yaṃ tena samayena abhiruhāmi yadidaṃ valāhako assarājā. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītirathasahassānaṃ ekoyeva so ratho hoti, yaṃ tena samayena abhiruhāmi yadidaṃ vejayantaratho. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītiitthisahassānaṃ ekāyeva ¶ sā itthī hoti, yā tena samayena paccupaṭṭhāti khattiyānī vā vessinī [vessāyinī (syā.), velāmikānī (ka. sī. pī.) velāmikā (saṃ. ni. 3.96)] vā. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, vā. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītivatthakoṭisahassānaṃ ekaṃyeva taṃ dussayugaṃ hoti, yaṃ tena samayena paridahāmi khomasukhumaṃ vā kappāsikasukhumaṃ vā koseyyasukhumaṃ vā kambalasukhumaṃ vā. Tesaṃ kho panānanda, caturāsītithālipākasahassānaṃ ekoyeva so thālipāko hoti, yato nāḷikodanaparamaṃ bhuñjāmi tadupiyañca sūpeyyaṃ.

272. ‘‘Passānanda, sabbete saṅkhārā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā. Evaṃ aniccā kho, ānanda, saṅkhārā; evaṃ addhuvā kho, ānanda, saṅkhārā; evaṃ anassāsikā kho, ānanda, saṅkhārā! Yāvañcidaṃ, ānanda ¶ , alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ, alaṃ virajjituṃ, alaṃ vimuccituṃ.

‘‘Chakkhattuṃ kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, abhijānāmi imasmiṃ padese sarīraṃ nikkhipitaṃ, tañca kho rājāva samāno cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyapatto sattaratanasamannāgato, ayaṃ sattamo sarīranikkhepo. Na kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, taṃ padesaṃ samanupassāmi sadevake loke samārake ¶ sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yattha tathāgato aṭṭhamaṃ sarīraṃ nikkhipeyyā’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

273. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nātike [nādike (sī. syā. pī.)] viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṃsesu [cetiyavaṃsesu (ka.)] kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu [macchasurasenesu (syā.), macchasūrasenesu (sī. pī.)] – ‘‘asu amutra upapanno, asu amutra upapanno [upapannoti (ka.)]. Paropaññāsa nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva [sakiṃdeva (ka.)] imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañcasatāni nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’’ti.

274. Assosuṃ ¶ kho nātikiyā paricārakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṃsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu – ‘asu amutra upapanno, asu amutra upapanno. Paropaññāsa nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā ¶ opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañcasatāni nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā ¶ sotāpannā ¶ avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. Tena ca nātikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā ¶ pītisomanassajātā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ [pañhāveyyākaraṇaṃ (syā. ka.)] sutvā.

275. Assosi kho āyasmā ānando – ‘‘bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṃsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu – ‘asu amutra upapanno, asu amutra upapanno. Paropaññāsa nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañcasatāni nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā’ti. Tena ca nātikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti.

276. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho ¶ panāpi ahesuṃ māgadhakā paricārakā bahū ceva rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālaṅkatā. Suññā maññe aṅgamagadhā aṅgamāgadhakehi [aṅgamāgadhikehi (syā.)] paricārakehi abbhatītehi kālaṅkatehi. Te kho panāpi [tena kho panāpi (syā.)] ahesuṃ buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṅghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārino. Te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā bhagavatā abyākatā; tesampissa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Ayaṃ kho panāpi ahosi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dhammiko dhammarājā hito brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ negamānañceva jānapadānañca. Apissudaṃ manussā kittayamānarūpā viharanti – ‘evaṃ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā ¶ kālaṅkato, evaṃ mayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu [phāsukaṃ (syā.)] viharimhā’ti. So kho panāpi ahosi buddhe pasanno dhamme pasanno saṅghe pasanno sīlesu paripūrakārī. Apissudaṃ manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘yāva maraṇakālāpi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ kittayamānarūpo kālaṅkato’ti. So abbhatīto kālaṅkato bhagavatā abyākato. Tassapissa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Bhagavato kho pana sambodhi magadhesu. Yattha kho pana bhagavato sambodhi magadhesu, kathaṃ tatra bhagavā ¶ māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu ¶ na byākareyya. Bhagavā ce kho pana māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya, dīnamanā [ninnamanā (syā.), dīnamānā (sī. pī.)] tenassu māgadhakā paricārakā; yena kho ¶ panassu dīnamanā māgadhakā paricārakā kathaṃ te bhagavā na byākareyyā’’ti?

277. Idamāyasmā ānando māgadhake paricārake ārabbha eko raho anuvicintetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘bhagavā kira parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti kāsikosalesu vajjimallesu cetivaṃsesu kurupañcālesu majjhasūrasenesu – ‘‘asu amutra upapanno, asu amutra upapanno. Paropaññāsa nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni pañcasatāni nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā ¶ avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇāti. Tena ca nātikiyā paricārakā attamanā ahesuṃ pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti ¶ . Ime kho panāpi, bhante, ahesuṃ māgadhakā paricārakā bahū ceva rattaññū ca abbhatītā kālaṅkatā. Suññā maññe aṅgamagadhā aṅgamāgadhakehi paricārakehi abbhatītehi kālaṅkatehi. Te kho panāpi, bhante, ahesuṃ buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṅghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārino, te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā bhagavatā abyākatā. Tesampissa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Ayaṃ kho panāpi, bhante, ahosi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dhammiko dhammarājā hito brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ negamānañceva ¶ jānapadānañca. Apissudaṃ manussā kittayamānarūpā viharanti – ‘evaṃ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā kālaṅkato. Evaṃ mayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu viharimhā’ti. So kho panāpi, bhante, ahosi buddhe pasanno dhamme pasanno saṅghe pasanno sīlesu paripūrakārī. Apissudaṃ manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘yāva maraṇakālāpi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ kittayamānarūpo kālaṅkato’ti. So abbhatīto kālaṅkato bhagavatā abyākato; tassapissa sādhu veyyākaraṇaṃ, bahujano pasīdeyya, tato gaccheyya sugatiṃ. Bhagavato kho pana, bhante, sambodhi magadhesu. Yattha kho pana ¶ , bhante, bhagavato sambodhi magadhesu, kathaṃ tatra bhagavā māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte ¶ kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya? Bhagavā ce kho pana, bhante, māgadhake paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu na byākareyya dīnamanā tenassu māgadhakā paricārakā; yena kho panassu dīnamanā māgadhakā paricārakā kathaṃ te bhagavā na byākareyyā’’ti. Idamāyasmā ānando māgadhake paricārake ārabbha bhagavato sammukhā parikathaṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

278. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya nātikaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Nātike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā giñjakāvasathaṃ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṃ katvā [aṭṭhikatvā (sī. syā. pī.)] manasikatvā sabbaṃ cetasā [sabbacetasā (pī.)] samannāharitvā paññatte āsane ¶ nisīdi – ‘‘gatiṃ nesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃgatikā te bhavanto yaṃabhisamparāyā’’ti. Addasā kho bhagavā māgadhake paricārake ‘‘yaṃgatikā te bhavanto ¶ yaṃabhisamparāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito giñjakāvasathā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi.

279. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno ¶ kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘upasantapadisso [upasantapatiso (ka.)] bhante bhagavā bhātiriva bhagavato mukhavaṇṇo vippasannattā indriyānaṃ. Santena nūnajja bhante bhagavā vihārena vihāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yadeva kho me tvaṃ, ānanda, māgadhake paricārake ārabbha sammukhā parikathaṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkanto, tadevāhaṃ nātike piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā giñjakāvasathaṃ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasikatvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃ – ‘gatiṃ nesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃgatikā te bhavanto yaṃabhisamparāyā’ti. Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, ānanda, māgadhake paricārake ‘yaṃgatikā te bhavanto yaṃabhisamparāyā’’’ti.

280. ‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, antarahito yakkho saddamanussāvesi – ‘janavasabho ahaṃ bhagavā ¶ ; janavasabho ahaṃ sugatā’ti. Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, ānanda, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ sutaṃ [sutvā (pī.)] yadidaṃ janavasabho’’ti?

‘‘Na kho ahaṃ, bhante, abhijānāmi ito pubbe evarūpaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ sutaṃ yadidaṃ janavasabhoti, api ca me, bhante, lomāni haṭṭhāni ‘janavasabho’ti nāmadheyyaṃ sutvā. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – ‘na hi ¶ nūna so orako yakkho bhavissati yadidaṃ evarūpaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ supaññattaṃ yadidaṃ janavasabho’’ti. ‘‘Anantarā kho, ānanda, saddapātubhāvā uḷāravaṇṇo ¶ me yakkho sammukhe pāturahosi ¶ . Dutiyampi saddamanussāvesi – ‘bimbisāro ahaṃ bhagavā; bimbisāro ahaṃ sugatāti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sahabyataṃ upapajjāmi, so tato cuto manussarājā bhavituṃ pahomi [so tato cuto manussarājā, amanussarājā divi homi (sī. pī.)].

281. ‘Dīgharattaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyā’ti. ‘Acchariyamidaṃ āyasmato janavasabhassa yakkhassa, abbhutamidaṃ āyasmato janavasabhassa yakkhassa. ‘‘Dīgharattaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmī’’ti ca vadesi, ‘‘āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāyā’’ti ca vadesi, kutonidānaṃ panāyasmā janavasabho yakkho evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ visesādhigamaṃ sañjānātīti? Na aññatra, bhagavā, tava sāsanā, na aññatra [aññattha (sī. pī.)], sugata, tava sāsanā; yadagge ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati ekantikato [ekantato (syā.), ekantagato (pī.)] abhippasanno, tadagge ahaṃ, bhante, dīgharattaṃ ¶ avinipāto avinipātaṃ sañjānāmi, āsā ca pana me santiṭṭhati sakadāgāmitāya. Idhāhaṃ, bhante, vessavaṇena mahārājena pesito virūḷhakassa mahārājassa santike kenacideva karaṇīyena addasaṃ bhagavantaṃ antarāmagge giñjakāvasathaṃ ¶ pavisitvā māgadhake paricārake ārabbha aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasikatvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā nisinnaṃ – ‘‘gatiṃ nesaṃ jānissāmi abhisamparāyaṃ, yaṃgatikā te bhavanto yaṃabhisamparāyā’’ti. Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhante, yaṃ vessavaṇassa mahārājassa tassaṃ parisāyaṃ bhāsato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘‘yaṃgatikā te bhavanto yaṃabhisamparāyā’’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – bhagavantañca dakkhāmi, idañca bhagavato ārocessāmīti. Ime kho me, bhante, dvepaccayā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ’.

282. ‘Purimāni ¶ ¶ , bhante, divasāni purimatarāni tadahuposathe pannarase vassūpanāyikāya puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā kevalakappā ca devā tāvatiṃsā sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā. Mahatī ca dibbaparisā [dibbā parisā (sī. pī.)] samantato nisinnā honti [nisinnā hoti (sī.), sannisinnā honti sannipatitā (ka.)], cattāro ca mahārājāno catuddisā nisinnā honti. Puratthimāya disāya dhataraṭṭho mahārājā pacchimābhimukho [pacchābhimukho (ka.)] nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā; dakkhiṇāya disāya virūḷhako mahārājā uttarābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā; pacchimāya disāya virūpakkho mahārājā puratthābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā; uttarāya disāya vessavaṇo mahārājā dakkhiṇābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā ¶ . Yadā, bhante, kevalakappā ca devā tāvatiṃsā sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbaparisā samantato nisinnā honti, cattāro ca mahārājāno catuddisā nisinnā ¶ honti. Idaṃ nesaṃ hoti āsanasmiṃ; atha pacchā amhākaṃ āsanaṃ hoti. Ye te, bhante, devā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā adhunūpapannā tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ, te aññe deve atirocanti vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca. Tena sudaṃ, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā ‘‘dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā’’ti. Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

‘Tena ¶ ¶ sudaṃ, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā bhiyyosomattāya attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā ‘‘dibbā vata, bho, kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā’’ti. Atha kho, bhante, yenatthena devā tāvatiṃsā sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, taṃ atthaṃ cintayitvā taṃ atthaṃ mantayitvā vuttavacanāpi taṃ [vuttavacanā nāmidaṃ (ka.)] cattāro mahārājāno ¶ tasmiṃ atthe honti. Paccānusiṭṭhavacanāpi taṃ [paccānusiṭṭhavacanā nāmidaṃ (ka.)] cattāro mahārājāno tasmiṃ atthe honti, sakesu sakesu āsanesu ṭhitā avipakkantā [adhipakkantā (ka.)].

283. ‘Atha kho, bhante, uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi, obhāso pāturahosi atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi – ‘‘yathā kho, mārisā, nimittāni dissanti, uḷāro āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavati, brahmā pātubhavissati. Brahmuno hetaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pātubhāvāya yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātubhavatīti.

284. ‘Atha kho, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā yathāsakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu – ‘‘obhāsametaṃ ñassāma, yaṃvipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvāva naṃ gamissāmā’’ti. Cattāropi mahārājāno yathāsakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu – ‘‘obhāsametaṃ ñassāma yaṃvipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvāva ¶ naṃ gamissāmā’’ti. Idaṃ sutvā devā tāvatiṃsā ekaggā ¶ samāpajjiṃsu – ‘‘obhāsametaṃ ñassāma, yaṃvipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvāva naṃ gamissāmā’’ti.

‘Yadā, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ ¶ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā pātubhavati. Yo kho pana, bhante, brahmuno pakativaṇṇo anabhisambhavanīyo so devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ cakkhupathasmiṃ. Yadā, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati ¶ , so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhante, sovaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṃ viggahaṃ atirocati; evameva kho, bhante, yadā brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca. Yadā, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, na tassaṃ parisāyaṃ koci devo abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti – ‘‘yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṃ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī’’ti.

‘Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṃ; uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto adhunābhisitto rajjena, uḷāraṃ so labhati vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati somanassapaṭilābhaṃ. Evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṃ. Atha ¶ ¶ , bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā kumāravaṇṇī [kumāravaṇṇo (syā. ka.)] hutvā pañcasikho devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pāturahosi. So vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya; evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

285. ‘Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsittha; imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhāsato aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato saro hoti vissaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañju ca savanīyo ca bindu ca avisārī ca gambhīro ca ninnādī ca. Yathāparisaṃ kho pana, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro sarena viññāpeti; na cassa bahiddhā parisāya ¶ ghoso niccharati. Yassa kho pana, bhante, evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato saro hoti, so vuccati ‘‘brahmassaro’’ti.

‘Atha kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro tettiṃse attabhāve abhinimminitvā devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ paccekapallaṅkesu ¶ pallaṅkena [paccekapallaṅkena (ka.)] nisīditvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā, yāvañca so bhagavā bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Ye hi keci, bho, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā sīlesu paripūrakārino te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā appekacce paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjanti, appekacce nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjanti, appekacce tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjanti, appekacce yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjanti, appekacce tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjanti, appekacce cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjanti. Ye sabbanihīnaṃ kāyaṃ paripūrenti, te gandhabbakāyaṃ paripūrentī’’’ti.

286. ‘Imamatthaṃ ¶ , bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsittha; imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhāsato ghosoyeva devā maññanti – ‘‘yvāyaṃ mama pallaṅke svāyaṃ ekova bhāsatī’’ti.

‘Atha ¶ kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro ekattena attānaṃ upasaṃharati, ekattena attānaṃ upasaṃharitvā sakkassa ¶ devānamindassa pallaṅke pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi –

287. ‘‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya [iddhibahulīkatāya (syā.)] iddhivisavitāya [iddhivisevitāya (syā.)] iddhivikubbanatāya. Katame cattāro? Idha bho bhikkhu chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Vīriyasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Cittasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Vīmaṃsāsamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. Ime kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro iddhipādā paññattā iddhipahutāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivikubbanatāya.

‘‘‘Ye hi keci bho atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhosuṃ, sabbe te imesaṃyeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā. Yepi hi keci bho anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhossanti, sabbe ¶ te imesaṃyeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā. Yepi hi keci bho etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhonti, sabbe te imesaṃyeva catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā. Passanti no bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā mamapimaṃ ¶ evarūpaṃ iddhānubhāva’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ mahābrahme’’ti. ‘‘Ahampi kho bho imesaṃyeva catunnañca iddhipādānaṃ ¶ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā evaṃ mahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’’ti. Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsittha. Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsitvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi –

288. ‘‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā, yāvañcidaṃ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassādhigamāya. Katame tayo? Idha bho ekacco saṃsaṭṭho viharati kāmehi saṃsaṭṭho akusalehi dhammehi. So aparena samayena ¶ ariyadhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso manasi karoti, dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati. So ariyadhammassavanaṃ āgamma yonisomanasikāraṃ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiṃ asaṃsaṭṭho viharati kāmehi asaṃsaṭṭho akusalehi dhammehi. Tassa asaṃsaṭṭhassa kāmehi asaṃsaṭṭhassa akusalehi dhammehi uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhiyyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bho, pamudā pāmojjaṃ [pāmujjaṃ (pī. ka.)] jāyetha, evameva ¶ kho, bho, asaṃsaṭṭhassa kāmehi asaṃsaṭṭhassa akusalehi dhammehi uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhiyyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena paṭhamo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.

‘‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bho, idhekaccassa oḷārikā kāyasaṅkhārā appaṭippassaddhā honti, oḷārikā vacīsaṅkhārā appaṭippassaddhā honti, oḷārikā cittasaṅkhārā appaṭippassaddhā honti. So aparena samayena ariyadhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso manasi karoti, dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati. Tassa ariyadhammassavanaṃ āgamma yonisomanasikāraṃ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiṃ oḷārikā kāyasaṅkhārā paṭippassambhanti, oḷārikā vacīsaṅkhārā paṭippassambhanti, oḷārikā cittasaṅkhārā ¶ paṭippassambhanti. Tassa oḷārikānaṃ kāyasaṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā oḷārikānaṃ vacīsaṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā oḷārikānaṃ cittasaṅkhārānaṃ ¶ paṭippassaddhiyā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhiyyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bho, pamudā pāmojjaṃ jāyetha, evameva kho bho oḷārikānaṃ kāyasaṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā oḷārikānaṃ vacīsaṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā oḷārikānaṃ cittasaṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhiyyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena dutiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya.

‘‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bho, idhekacco ¶ ‘idaṃ kusala’nti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, ‘idaṃ akusala’nti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. ‘Idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāga’nti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. So aparena samayena ariyadhammaṃ suṇāti, yoniso manasi karoti, dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjati. So ariyadhammassavanaṃ āgamma yonisomanasikāraṃ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiṃ, ‘idaṃ kusala’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘idaṃ akusala’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāga’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. Tassa avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhiyyo somanassaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bho, pamudā pāmojjaṃ jāyetha ¶ , evameva kho, bho, avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā uppajjati sukhaṃ, sukhā bhiyyo somanassaṃ. Ayaṃ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tatiyo okāsādhigamo anubuddho sukhassādhigamāya. Ime ¶ ¶ kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena tayo okāsādhigamā anubuddhā sukhassādhigamāyā’’ti. Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsittha, imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsitvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi –

289. ‘‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā paññattā kusalassādhigamāya. Katame cattāro? Idha ¶ , bho, bhikkhu ajjhattaṃ kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Ajjhattaṃ kāye kāyānupassī viharanto tattha sammā samādhiyati, sammā vippasīdati. So tattha sammā samāhito sammā vippasanno bahiddhā parakāye ñāṇadassanaṃ abhinibbatteti. Ajjhattaṃ vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati…pe… bahiddhā paravedanāsu ñāṇadassanaṃ abhinibbatteti. Ajjhattaṃ citte cittānupassī viharati…pe… bahiddhā paracitte ñāṇadassanaṃ abhinibbatteti. Ajjhattaṃ ¶ dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Ajjhattaṃ dhammesu dhammānupassī viharanto tattha sammā samādhiyati, sammā vippasīdati. So tattha sammā samāhito sammā vippasanno bahiddhā paradhammesu ñāṇadassanaṃ abhinibbatteti. Ime kho, bho, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro satipaṭṭhānā paññattā kusalassādhigamāyā’’ti. Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsittha. Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsitvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi –

290. ‘‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā, yāva supaññattā cime tena bhagavatā ¶ jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena satta samādhiparikkhārā sammāsamādhissa paribhāvanāya sammāsamādhissa pāripūriyā. Katame satta? Sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo ¶ sammāvāyāmo sammāsati. Yā kho, bho, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassa ekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṃ vuccati, bho, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipi. Sammādiṭṭhissa bho, sammāsaṅkappo pahoti, sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvācā pahoti, sammāvācassa sammākammanto pahoti. Sammākammantassa sammāājīvo pahoti, sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmo pahoti, sammāvāyāmassa sammāsati pahoti ¶ , sammāsatissa sammāsamādhi pahoti, sammāsamādhissa sammāñāṇaṃ pahoti, sammāñāṇassa sammāvimutti pahoti. Yañhi taṃ, bho, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa ¶ dvārā’ti idameva taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Svākkhāto hi, bho, bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko, akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi apārutā amatassa dvārā [dvārāti (syā. ka.)].

‘‘‘Ye hi keci, bho, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā ¶ , ye cime opapātikā dhammavinītā sātirekāni catuvīsatisatasahassāni māgadhakā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Atthi cevettha sakadāgāmino.

‘‘Atthāyaṃ [athāyaṃ (sī. syā.)] itarā pajā, puññābhāgāti me mano;

291. ‘Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro bhāsittha, imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhāsato vessavaṇassa mahārājassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ ¶ vata bho, evarūpopi nāma uḷāro satthā bhavissati, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyissantī’’ti. Atha, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vessavaṇassa mahārājassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya vessavaṇaṃ mahārājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññati bhavaṃ vessavaṇo mahārājā atītampi addhānaṃ evarūpo uḷāro satthā ahosi, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyiṃsu. Anāgatampi ¶ addhānaṃ evarūpo uḷāro satthā bhavissati, evarūpaṃ uḷāraṃ dhammakkhānaṃ, evarūpā uḷārā visesādhigamā paññāyissantī’’’ti.

292. ‘‘‘Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ abhāsi, imamatthaṃ vessavaṇo mahārājā brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa devānaṃ ¶ tāvatiṃsānaṃ bhāsato ¶ sammukhā sutaṃ [sutvā (sī. pī.)] sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ sayaṃ parisāyaṃ ārocesi’’.

Imamatthaṃ janavasabho yakkho vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sayaṃ parisāyaṃ bhāsato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ [paṭiggahetvā (sī. pī.)] bhagavato ārocesi. Imamatthaṃ bhagavā janavasabhassa yakkhassa sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā sāmañca abhiññāya āyasmato ānandassa ārocesi, imamatthamāyasmā ānando bhagavato sammukhā sutvā sammukhā paṭiggahetvā ārocesi bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ¶ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitanti.

293. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me ¶ sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Atha kho pañcasikho gandhabbaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ gijjhakūṭaṃ pabbataṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yaṃ kho me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ bhagavato’’ti. ‘‘Ārocehi me tvaṃ, pañcasikhā’’ti bhagavā avoca.

294. ‘‘Purimāni, bhante, divasāni purimatarāni tadahuposathe pannarase pavāraṇāya puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā kevalakappā ca devā tāvatiṃsā sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā; mahatī ca dibbaparisā samantato nisinnā honti, cattāro ca mahārājāno catuddisā nisinnā honti; puratthimāya disāya dhataraṭṭho mahārājā pacchimābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā; dakkhiṇāya disāya virūḷhako mahārājā uttarābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā; pacchimāya disāya virūpakkho ¶ mahārājā puratthābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā; uttarāya disāya vessavaṇo mahārājā dakkhiṇābhimukho nisinno hoti deve purakkhatvā. Yadā bhante, kevalakappā ca devā ¶ tāvatiṃsā sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, mahatī ca dibbaparisā samantato nisinnā honti, cattāro ca mahārājāno catuddisā nisinnā honti, idaṃ nesaṃ hoti āsanasmiṃ; atha pacchā amhākaṃ āsanaṃ hoti.

‘‘Ye te, bhante, devā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā adhunūpapannā tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ, te aññe ¶ deve atirocanti vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca. Tena sudaṃ, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā ¶ pītisomanassajātā; ‘dibbā vata, bho, kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā’ti.

295. ‘‘Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

‘‘Tena sudaṃ ¶ , bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā bhiyyoso mattāya attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā; ‘dibbā vata, bho, kāyā ¶ paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā’’’ti.

296. ‘‘Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi – ‘iccheyyātha no tumhe, mārisā, tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sotu’nti? ‘Icchāma mayaṃ, mārisa, tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sotu’nti. Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi – ‘taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā? Yāvañca so bhagavā bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evaṃ ¶ bahujanahitāya paṭipannaṃ bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Svākkhāto ¶ kho pana tena bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi. Evaṃ opaneyyikassa dhammassa desetāraṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Idaṃ kusalanti kho pana tena bhagavatā supaññattaṃ, idaṃ akusalanti supaññattaṃ. Idaṃ sāvajjaṃ ¶ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāganti supaññattaṃ. Evaṃ kusalākusalasāvajjānavajjasevitabbāsevitabbahīna-paṇītakaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgānaṃ ¶ dhammānaṃ paññapetāraṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Supaññattā kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca. Seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saṃsandati sameti, evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā, saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca. Evaṃ nibbānagāminiyā paṭipadāya paññapetāraṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Abhinipphanno [abhinippanno (pī. ka.)] kho pana tassa bhagavato lābho abhinipphanno siloko, yāva maññe khattiyā sampiyāyamānarūpā viharanti, vigatamado kho pana so bhagavā āhāraṃ āhāreti. Evaṃ vigatamadaṃ āhāraṃ āharayamānaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva ¶ atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Laddhasahāyo kho pana so bhagavā sekhānañceva paṭipannānaṃ khīṇāsavānañca vusitavataṃ. Te bhagavā apanujja ekārāmataṃ anuyutto viharati. Evaṃ ekārāmataṃ anuyuttaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Yathāvādī ¶ kho pana so bhagavā tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī, iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī ¶ tathāvādī. Evaṃ dhammānudhammappaṭipannaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Tiṇṇavicikiccho ¶ kho pana so bhagavā vigatakathaṃkatho pariyositasaṅkappo ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariyaṃ. Evaṃ tiṇṇavicikicchaṃ vigatakathaṃkathaṃ pariyositasaṅkappaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariyaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā’ti.

297. ‘‘Ime kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi. Tena sudaṃ, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā bhiyyoso mattāya attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sutvā. Tatra, bhante, ekacce devā evamāhaṃsu – ‘aho vata, mārisā, cattāro sammāsambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ dhammañca deseyyuṃ yathariva bhagavā. Tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Ekacce devā evamāhaṃsu – ‘tiṭṭhantu, mārisā, cattāro sammāsambuddhā, aho vata, mārisā, tayo sammāsambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ dhammañca deseyyuṃ yathariva bhagavā. Tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Ekacce devā evamāhaṃsu – ‘tiṭṭhantu, mārisā, tayo ¶ sammāsambuddhā, aho vata, mārisā, dve sammāsambuddhā loke uppajjeyyuṃ dhammañca deseyyuṃ yathariva bhagavā. Tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti.

298. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte ¶ , bhante, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse etadavoca – ‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, mārisā, anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyuṃ, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Aho vata, mārisā, so bhagavā appābādho appātaṅko ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Atha kho, bhante, yenatthena devā tāvatiṃsā sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ sannisinnā honti sannipatitā, taṃ atthaṃ cintayitvā taṃ atthaṃ mantayitvā vuttavacanāpi taṃ cattāro mahārājāno tasmiṃ atthe honti. Paccānusiṭṭhavacanāpi ¶ taṃ cattāro mahārājāno tasmiṃ atthe honti, sakesu sakesu āsanesu ṭhitā avipakkantā.

299. ‘‘Atha kho, bhante, uttarāya disāya uḷāro āloko sañjāyi, obhāso pāturahosi atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi – ‘yathā kho, mārisā, nimittāni dissanti, uḷāro āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavati ¶ , brahmā pātubhavissati; brahmuno hetaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pātubhāvāya, yadidaṃ āloko sañjāyati obhāso pātubhavatīti.

300. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā yathāsakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu – ‘obhāsametaṃ ñassāma, yaṃvipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvāva naṃ gamissāmā’ti. Cattāropi mahārājāno yathāsakesu āsanesu nisīdiṃsu – ‘obhāsametaṃ ñassāma, yaṃvipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvāva naṃ gamissāmā’ti. Idaṃ sutvā devā tāvatiṃsā ekaggā samāpajjiṃsu – ‘obhāsametaṃ ñassāma, yaṃvipāko bhavissati, sacchikatvāva naṃ gamissāmā’ti.

‘‘Yadā, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā pātubhavati. Yo kho pana, bhante, brahmuno pakativaṇṇo, anabhisambhavanīyo so devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ cakkhupathasmiṃ. Yadā, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhante, sovaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṃ viggahaṃ atirocati, evameva kho, bhante, yadā brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ ¶ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, so aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca. Yadā, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhavati, na tassaṃ parisāyaṃ koci devo abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā ¶ āsanena vā nimanteti. Sabbeva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti – ‘yassadāni devassa pallaṅkaṃ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī’ti. Yassa kho pana, bhante, devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro ¶ pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṃ ¶ . Seyyathāpi, bhante, rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto adhunābhisitto rajjena, uḷāraṃ so labhati vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati somanassapaṭilābhaṃ, evameva kho, bhante, yassa devassa brahmā sanaṅkumāro pallaṅke nisīdati, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo vedapaṭilābhaṃ, uḷāraṃ so labhati devo somanassapaṭilābhaṃ. Atha, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sampasādaṃ viditvā antarahito imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

301. ‘‘Imamatthaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro abhāsittha. Imamatthaṃ, bhante ¶ , brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhāsato aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato saro hoti vissaṭṭho ca viññeyyo ca mañju ca savanīyo ca bindu ca avisārī ca gambhīro ca ninnādī ca. Yathāparisaṃ kho pana, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro sarena viññāpeti, na cassa bahiddhā parisāya ghoso niccharati. Yassa kho pana, bhante, evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato saro hoti, so vuccati ‘brahmassaro’ti. Atha kho, bhante, devā tāvatiṃsā brahmānaṃ sanaṅkumāraṃ etadavocuṃ ¶ – ‘sādhu, mahābrahme, etadeva mayaṃ saṅkhāya modāma; atthi ¶ ca sakkena devānamindena tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhuccā vaṇṇā bhāsitā; te ca mayaṃ saṅkhāya modāmā’ti.

302. ‘‘Atha ¶ , bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca – ‘sādhu, devānaminda, mayampi tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe suṇeyyāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ mahābrahme’ti kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññati, bhavaṃ mahābrahmā? Yāvañca so bhagavā bahujanahitāya paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Evaṃ bahujanahitāya paṭipannaṃ bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Svākkhāto kho pana tena bhagavatā dhammo ¶ sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi. Evaṃ opaneyyikassa dhammassa desetāraṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Idaṃ kusala’nti kho pana tena bhagavatā supaññattaṃ, ‘idaṃ akusala’nti supaññattaṃ, ‘idaṃ sāvajjaṃ idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hīnaṃ idaṃ paṇītaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāga’nti supaññattaṃ. Evaṃ kusalākusalasāvajjānavajjasevitabbāsevitabbahīnapaṇītakaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgānaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāpetāraṃ. Imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva ¶ atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Supaññattā kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca. Seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saṃsandati ¶ sameti, evameva supaññattā tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā saṃsandati nibbānañca paṭipadā ca. Evaṃ nibbānagāminiyā paṭipadāya paññāpetāraṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Abhinipphanno ¶ kho pana tassa bhagavato lābho abhinipphanno siloko, yāva maññe khattiyā ¶ sampiyāyamānarūpā viharanti. Vigatamado kho pana so bhagavā āhāraṃ āhāreti. Evaṃ vigatamadaṃ āhāraṃ āharayamānaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Laddhasahāyo kho pana so bhagavā sekhānañceva paṭipannānaṃ khīṇāsavānañca vusitavataṃ, te bhagavā apanujja ekārāmataṃ anuyutto viharati. Evaṃ ekārāmataṃ anuyuttaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Yathāvādī kho pana so bhagavā tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī; iti yathāvādī tathākārī, yathākārī tathāvādī. Evaṃ dhammānudhammappaṭippannaṃ imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā.

‘‘Tiṇṇavicikiccho kho pana so bhagavā vigatakathaṃkatho pariyositasaṅkappo ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariyaṃ ¶ . Evaṃ tiṇṇavicikicchaṃ vigatakathaṃkathaṃ pariyositasaṅkappaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariyaṃ. Imināpaṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanupassāma, na panetarahi, aññatra tena bhagavatā’ti.

303. ‘‘Ime kho, bhante, sakko devānamindo brahmuno sanaṅkumārassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe payirudāhāsi. Tena sudaṃ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro attamano hoti pamudito pītisomanassajāto bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sutvā. Atha, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro oḷārikaṃ attabhāvaṃ abhinimminitvā kumāravaṇṇī hutvā pañcasikho devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ pāturahosi ¶ . So vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīdi. Seyyathāpi, bhante, balavā ¶ puriso supaccatthate vā pallaṅke same vā bhūmibhāge pallaṅkena nisīdeyya, evameva kho, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi –

304. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññanti, bhonto devā tāvatiṃsā, yāva dīgharattaṃ mahāpaññova so bhagavā ahosi. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bho, rājā disampati nāma ahosi. Disampatissa rañño govindo ¶ nāma brāhmaṇo purohito ahosi. Disampatissa rañño reṇu nāma kumāro putto ahosi. Govindassa brāhmaṇassa jotipālo nāma māṇavo putto ahosi. Iti reṇu ca rājaputto jotipālo ca māṇavo aññe ca cha khattiyā iccete aṭṭha sahāyā ahesuṃ. Atha ¶ kho, bho, ahorattānaṃ accayena govindo brāhmaṇo kālamakāsi. Govinde brāhmaṇe kālaṅkate rājā disampati paridevesi – ‘‘yasmiṃ vata, bho, mayaṃ samaye govinde brāhmaṇe sabbakiccāni sammā vossajjitvā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārema, tasmiṃ no samaye govindo brāhmaṇo kālaṅkato’’ti. Evaṃ vutte bho reṇu rājaputto rājānaṃ disampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā kho tvaṃ, deva, govinde brāhmaṇe kālaṅkate atibāḷhaṃ paridevesi. Atthi, deva, govindassa brāhmaṇassa jotipālo nāma māṇavo ¶ putto paṇḍitataro ceva pitarā, alamatthadasataro ceva pitarā; yepissa pitā atthe anusāsi, tepi jotipālasseva māṇavassa anusāsaniyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ kumārā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ devā’’ti.

305. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, rājā disampati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yena jotipālo nāma māṇavo tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘bhavamatthu bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ, rājā disampati bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantayati, rājā disampati bhoto jotipālassa māṇavassa dassanakāmo’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bho, so puriso disampatissa rañño paṭissutvā yena ¶ jotipālo māṇavo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhavamatthu bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ, rājā disampati bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantayati ¶ , rājā disampati bhoto jotipālassa māṇavassa dassanakāmo’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho bho jotipālo māṇavo tassa purisassa paṭissutvā yena rājā disampati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā disampatinā raññā saddhiṃ sammodi; sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho, bho, jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ rājā disampati etadavoca – ‘‘anusāsatu no bhavaṃ jotipālo, mā no bhavaṃ jotipālo anusāsaniyā paccabyāhāsi. Pettike taṃ ṭhāne ṭhapessāmi, govindiye ¶ abhisiñcissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho, bho, so jotipālo māṇavo disampatissa rañño paccassosi. Atha kho, bho, rājā disampati jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ govindiye abhisiñci, taṃ pettike ṭhāne ṭhapesi. Abhisitto jotipālo māṇavo govindiye pettike ṭhāne ṭhapito yepissa pitā atthe anusāsi tepi atthe anusāsati, yepissa pitā atthe nānusāsi, tepi ¶ atthe anusāsati; yepissa pitā kammante abhisambhosi, tepi kammante abhisambhoti, yepissa pitā kammante nābhisambhosi, tepi kammante abhisambhoti. Tamenaṃ manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘govindo vata, bho, brāhmaṇo, mahāgovindo vata, bho, brāhmaṇo’’ti. Iminā kho evaṃ, bho, pariyāyena jotipālassa māṇavassa govindo mahāgovindotveva samaññā udapādi.

306. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena te cha khattiyā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te cha khattiye etadavoca – ‘‘disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato ¶ vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ disampatimhi raññe kālaṅkate rājakattāro reṇuṃ rājaputtaṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Āyantu, bhonto, yena reṇu rājaputto tenupasaṅkamatha; upasaṅkamitvā reṇuṃ rājaputtaṃ evaṃ vadetha – ‘‘mayaṃ kho bhoto reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikūlā, yaṃsukho bhavaṃ ¶ taṃsukhā mayaṃ, yaṃdukkho bhavaṃ taṃdukkhā mayaṃ. Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ disampatimhi raññe kālaṅkate rājakattāro bhavantaṃ reṇuṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Sace bhavaṃ reṇu rajjaṃ labhetha, saṃvibhajetha no rajjenā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bho’’ti kho, bho, te cha khattiyā mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena reṇu rājaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā reṇuṃ rājaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayaṃ kho bhoto reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikūlā ¶ ; yaṃsukho bhavaṃ taṃsukhā mayaṃ, yaṃdukkho bhavaṃ taṃdukkhā mayaṃ. Disampati kho, bho, rājā jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto, ko nu kho pana bho jānāti jīvitaṃ? Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ disampatimhi raññe kālaṅkate rājakattāro bhavantaṃ reṇuṃ rajje abhisiñceyyuṃ. Sace bhavaṃ reṇu rajjaṃ labhetha, saṃvibhajetha no rajjenā’’ti. ‘‘Ko nu kho, bho, añño mama vijite sukho bhavetha [sukhā bhaveyyātha (ka.), sukhaṃ bhaveyyātha, sukhamedheyyātha (sī. pī.),sukha medhetha (?)], aññatra bhavantebhi? Sacāhaṃ, bho, rajjaṃ labhissāmi, saṃvibhajissāmi vo rajjenā’’’ti.

307. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bho, ahorattānaṃ accayena rājā disampati kālamakāsi. Disampatimhi raññe kālaṅkate rājakattāro reṇuṃ rājaputtaṃ rajje abhisiñciṃsu. Abhisitto reṇu rajjena ¶ pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena te cha khattiyā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te cha khattiye etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘disampati kho, bho, rājā kālaṅkato. Abhisitto reṇu rajjena pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti, madanīyā kāmā? Āyantu, bhonto, yena reṇu rājā tenupasaṅkamatha; upasaṅkamitvā reṇuṃ rājānaṃ evaṃ vadetha – disampati kho, bho, rājā kālaṅkato, abhisitto bhavaṃ reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavaṃ taṃ vacana’’’nti?

308. ‘‘‘Evaṃ ¶ , bho’’ti kho, bho, te cha khattiyā mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa paṭissutvā yena reṇu rājā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā reṇuṃ rājānaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘disampati kho, bho, rājā kālaṅkato, abhisitto bhavaṃ reṇu rajjena, sarati bhavaṃ taṃ vacana’’nti? ‘‘Sarāmahaṃ, bho, taṃ vacanaṃ [vacananti (syā. ka.)]. Ko nu kho, bho, pahoti imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitu’’nti? ‘‘Ko nu kho, bho, añño pahoti, aññatra mahāgovindena brāhmaṇenā’’ti? Atha kho, bho, reṇu rājā aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yena mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘rājā taṃ, bhante, reṇu āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ devā’’ti kho, bho, so puriso reṇussa rañño paṭissutvā ¶ yena mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā taṃ, bhante, reṇu āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa purisassa paṭissutvā yena reṇu rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā reṇunā raññā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho, bho, mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ reṇu rājā etadavoca – ‘‘etu, bhavaṃ govindo, imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajatū’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo reṇussa rañño paṭissutvā imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhaji. Sabbāni sakaṭamukhāni paṭṭhapesi [aṭṭhapesi (sī. pī.)]. Tatra sudaṃ majjhe reṇussa rañño janapado hoti.

309. Dantapuraṃ kaliṅgānaṃ [kāliṅgānaṃ (syā. pī. ka.)], assakānañca potanaṃ.

Mahesayaṃ [māhissati (sī. syā. pī.)] avantīnaṃ, sovīrānañca rorukaṃ.

310. ‘‘Atha ¶ ¶ ¶ kho, bho, te cha khattiyā yathāsakena lābhena attamanā ahesuṃ paripuṇṇasaṅkappā – ‘‘yaṃ vata no ahosi icchitaṃ, yaṃ ākaṅkhitaṃ, yaṃ adhippetaṃ, yaṃ abhipatthitaṃ, taṃ no laddha’’nti.

311. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, te cha khattiyā yena mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yathā kho bhavaṃ govindo reṇussa rañño sahāyo piyo manāpo appaṭikūlo. Evameva kho bhavaṃ govindo amhākampi sahāyo piyo manāpo appaṭikūlo, anusāsatu no bhavaṃ govindo; mā no bhavaṃ govindo anusāsaniyā paccabyāhāsī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ channaṃ khattiyānaṃ paccassosi. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo satta ca rājāno khattiye muddhāvasitte rajje [muddhābhisitte rajjena (syā.)] anusāsi, satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsāle satta ca nhātakasatāni mante vācesi.

312. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa aparena samayena evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchi [abbhuggañchi (sī. pī.)] – ‘‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’’ti. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti ¶ sallapati mantetī’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ brahmānaṃ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi ¶ , na brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṃ ¶ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so brahmānaṃ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyeyyaṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’’nti.

313. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena reṇu rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā reṇuṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bho, evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bho, brahmānaṃ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so brahmānaṃ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. Icchāmahaṃ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ; namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni bhavaṃ govindo kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

314. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena ¶ te cha khattiyā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te cha khattiye etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bho, evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bho, brahmānaṃ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ, ‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so brahmānaṃ passati brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. Icchāmahaṃ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ; namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni bhavaṃ govindo kālaṃ maññatī’’’ti.

315. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena te satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā satta ca nhātakasatāni tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsāle satta ca nhātakasatāni etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bho, evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bho, brahmānaṃ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā ¶ sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ ¶ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so brahmānaṃ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetī’ti. Tena hi, bho, yathāsute yathāpariyatte mante vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karotha, aññamaññañca mante vācetha; icchāmahaṃ, bho, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ; namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenā’’ti. ‘‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ govindo kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

316. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhotī, evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ passati, sakkhi mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmunā sākaccheti sallapati mantetī’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bhotī, brahmānaṃ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi, na brahmunā sallapāmi, na brahmunā mantemi. Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ ‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so brahmānaṃ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti, brahmunā sallapati, brahmunā mantetīti, icchāmahaṃ, bhotī, vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyituṃ, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyituṃ; namhi kenaci upasaṅkamitabbo aññatra ekena bhattābhihārenā’’ti. ‘‘Yassa dāni bhavaṃ govindo kālaṃ ¶ maññatī’’’ti.

317. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo puratthimena nagarassa navaṃ sandhāgāraṃ kārāpetvā vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyi, karuṇaṃ ¶ jhānaṃ jhāyi; nāssudha koci upasaṅkamati [upasaṅkami (pī.)] aññatra ekena bhattābhihārena. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena ahudeva ukkaṇṭhanā ahu paritassanā – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘yo vassike cattāro māse paṭisallīyati, karuṇaṃ jhānaṃ jhāyati, so brahmānaṃ passati, brahmunā sākaccheti brahmunā sallapati brahmunā mantetī’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ brahmānaṃ passāmi, na brahmunā sākacchemi na brahmunā sallapāmi na brahmunā mantemī’’’ti.

318. ‘‘Atha ¶ kho, bho, brahmā sanaṅkumāro mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya ¶ seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva, brahmaloke antarahito mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa ahudeva bhayaṃ ahu chambhitattaṃ ahu lomahaṃso yathā taṃ adiṭṭhapubbaṃ rūpaṃ disvā. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto brahmānaṃ sanaṅkumāraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

‘‘‘Āsanaṃ udakaṃ pajjaṃ, madhusākañca [madhupākañca (sī. syā. pī.)] brahmuno;

319. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi brahmunā sanaṅkumārena. Kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ brahmānaṃ sanaṅkumāraṃ ¶ puccheyyaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ vā atthaṃ samparāyikaṃ vā’ti? Atha ¶ kho, bho, mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘kusalo kho ahaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ atthānaṃ, aññepi maṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ atthaṃ pucchanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ brahmānaṃ sanaṅkumāraṃ samparāyikaññeva atthaṃ puccheyya’nti. Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo brahmānaṃ sanaṅkumāraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

320. ‘‘Hitvā mamatta’nti ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Idhekacco appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati, ‘iti hitvā mamatta’nti ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. ‘Ekodibhūto’ti ¶ ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Idhekacco vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ, iti ekodibhūto’ti ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. ‘Karuṇedhimutto’ti ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Idhekacco karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadhotiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ karuṇāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena ¶ averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. Iti ‘karuṇedhimutto’ti ahaṃ bhoto ājānāmi. Āmagandhe ca kho ahaṃ bhoto bhāsamānassa na ājānāmi.

Kenāvaṭā [kenāvuṭā (syā.)] vāti pajā kurutu [kururū (syā.), kuruṭṭharū (pī.), kurūru (?)],

‘‘Yathā kho ahaṃ bhoto āmagandhe bhāsamānassa ājānāmi. Te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā. Pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. ‘‘Yassadāni bhavaṃ govindo kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

321. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena reṇu rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā reṇuṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aññaṃ dāni bhavaṃ purohitaṃ pariyesatu, yo bhoto rajjaṃ anusāsissati. Icchāmahaṃ, bho ¶ , agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā. Pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti.

Tuvaṃ pitā ahaṃ putto, mā no govinda pājahi’’ [pājehi (aṭṭhakathāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇitapāṭhantaraṃ)].

‘‘‘Sace bhavaṃ govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma. Atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

322. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena te cha khattiyā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te cha khattiye etadavoca – ‘‘aññaṃ dāni bhavanto purohitaṃ pariyesantu, yo bhavantānaṃ rajje anusāsissati. Icchāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā. Pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. Atha kho, bho, te cha khattiyā ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ ¶ samacintesuṃ – ‘‘ime kho brāhmaṇā nāma dhanaluddhā; yaṃnūna mayaṃ mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dhanena sikkheyyāmā’’ti. Te mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘saṃvijjati kho, bho, imesu sattasu rajjesu pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ, tato bhoto yāvatakena attho, tāvatakaṃ āharīyata’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bho, mamapidaṃ pahūtaṃ sāpateyyaṃ bhavantānaṃyeva vāhasā. Tamahaṃ sabbaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ¶ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. Atha kho, bho, te cha khattiyā ekamantaṃ apakkamma evaṃ samacintesuṃ ¶ – ‘‘ime ¶ kho brāhmaṇā nāma itthiluddhā; yaṃnūna mayaṃ mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ itthīhi sikkheyyāmā’’ti. Te mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘saṃvijjanti kho, bho, imesu sattasu rajjesu pahūtā itthiyo, tato bhoto yāvatikāhi attho, tāvatikā ānīyata’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bho, mamapimā [mamapitā (ka.), mamapi (sī.)] cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo. Tāpāhaṃ sabbā pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyanti’’.

323. ‘‘Sace ¶ bhavaṃ govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatīti.

‘‘Tena hi bhavaṃ govindo satta vassāni āgametu. Sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

‘‘‘Aticiraṃ kho, bho, satta vassāni, nāhaṃ sakkomi, bhavante, satta vassāni āgametuṃ. Ko ¶ nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitānaṃ! Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṃ [mantāya (bahūsu)] boddhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi bhavaṃ govindo chabbassāni āgametu…pe… pañca vassāni āgametu… cattāri vassāni āgametu… tīṇi vassāni āgametu… dve vassāni āgametu… ekaṃ vassaṃ ¶ āgametu, ekassa vassassa accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

‘‘‘Aticiraṃ kho, bho, ekaṃ vassaṃ, nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante ¶ ekaṃ vassaṃ āgametuṃ. Ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitānaṃ! Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṃ boddhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ ¶ , caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi bhavaṃ govindo satta māsāni āgametu, sattannaṃ māsānaṃ accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

‘‘‘Aticiraṃ kho, bho, satta māsāni, nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante satta māsāni āgametuṃ. Ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitānaṃ. Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṃ boddhabbaṃ ¶ , kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti.

‘‘‘Tena hi bhavaṃ govindo cha māsāni āgametu…pe… pañca māsāni āgametu… cattāri māsāni āgametu… tīṇi māsāni āgametu… dve māsāni āgametu… ekaṃ māsaṃ āgametu… addhamāsaṃ āgametu, addhamāsassa accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

‘‘‘Aticiraṃ kho, bho, addhamāso, nāhaṃ sakkomi bhavante addhamāsaṃ āgametuṃ. Ko nu kho pana, bho, jānāti jīvitānaṃ! Gamanīyo samparāyo, mantāyaṃ boddhabbaṃ, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ, caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi bhavaṃ govindo sattāhaṃ āgametu, yāva mayaṃ sake puttabhātaro rajjena [rajje (syā.)] anusāsissāma, sattāhassa ¶ accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Na ciraṃ kho, bho, sattāhaṃ, āgamessāmahaṃ bhavante sattāha’’nti.

324. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena te satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā ¶ satta ca nhātakasatāni tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsāle satta ca nhātakasatāni ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘aññaṃ dāni bhavanto ācariyaṃ pariyesantu, yo bhavantānaṃ mante vācessati. Icchāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa. Te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā, pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. ‘‘Mā bhavaṃ govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji. Pabbajjā, bho, appesakkhā ca appalābhā ca; brahmaññaṃ mahesakkhañca mahālābhañcā’’ti. ‘‘Mā bhavanto evaṃ avacuttha – ‘‘pabbajjā appesakkhā ca appalābhā ca, brahmaññaṃ mahesakkhañca mahālābhañcā’’ti. Ko nu kho, bho, aññatra mayā mahesakkhataro vā mahālābhataro vā! Ahañhi, bho, etarahi rājāva raññaṃ brahmāva brāhmaṇānaṃ [brahmānaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] devatāva gahapatikānaṃ. Tamahaṃ sabbaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāmi. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ¶ ajjhāvasatā. Pabbajissāmahaṃ, bho, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. ‘‘Sace bhavaṃ govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

325. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo yena cattārīsā bhariyā ¶ sādisiyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā cattārīsā bhariyā sādisiyo etadavoca – ‘‘yā bhotīnaṃ icchati, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu aññaṃ vā bhattāraṃ pariyesatu. Icchāmahaṃ, bhotī, agārasmā ¶ anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Yathā kho pana me sutaṃ brahmuno āmagandhe bhāsamānassa, te na sunimmadayā agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā. Pabbajissāmahaṃ, bhotī, agārasmā anagāriya’’nti. ‘‘Tvaññeva no ñāti ñātikāmānaṃ, tvaṃ pana bhattā bhattukāmānaṃ. Sace bhavaṃ govindo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati, mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī’’ti.

326. ‘‘Atha kho, bho, mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji. Pabbajitaṃ pana mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ satta ca rājāno khattiyā muddhāvasittā satta ca brāhmaṇamahāsālā satta ca nhātakasatāni cattārīsā ca bhariyā sādisiyo anekāni ca khattiyasahassāni anekāni ¶ ca brāhmaṇasahassāni anekāni ca gahapatisahassāni anekehi ca itthāgārehi itthiyo kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā mahāgovindaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitaṃ anupabbajiṃsu. Tāya sudaṃ, bho, parisāya parivuto mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo gāmanigamarājadhānīsu ¶ cārikaṃ carati. Yaṃ kho pana, bho, tena samayena mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo ¶ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upasaṅkamati, tattha rājāva hoti raññaṃ, brahmāva brāhmaṇānaṃ, devatāva gahapatikānaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena manussā khipanti vā upakkhalanti vā te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘namatthu mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa, namatthu satta purohitassā’’’ti.

327. ‘‘Mahāgovindo, bho, brāhmaṇo mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā…pe… abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi sāvakānañca brahmalokasahabyatāya maggaṃ desesi.

328. ‘‘Ye ¶ kho pana, bho, tena samayena mahāgovindassa brāhmaṇassa sāvakā sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājāniṃsu. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ brahmalokaṃ upapajjiṃsu. Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājāniṃsu, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā appekacce paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu; appekacce nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu; appekacce tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu; appekacce yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ¶ upapajjiṃsu; appekacce tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu; appekacce cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjiṃsu; ye sabbanihīnaṃ kāyaṃ paripūresuṃ ¶ te gandhabbakāyaṃ paripūresuṃ. Iti kho, bho [pana (syā. ka.)], sabbesaṃyeva tesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ amoghā pabbajjā ahosi avañjhā saphalā saudrayā’’’ti.

329. ‘‘Sarati taṃ bhagavā’’ti? ‘‘Sarāmahaṃ, pañcasikha. Ahaṃ tena samayena mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ. Ahaṃ tesaṃ sāvakānaṃ brahmalokasahabyatāya maggaṃ desesiṃ. Taṃ kho pana me, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva brahmalokūpapattiyā.

Idaṃ ¶ kho pana me, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. Katamañca taṃ, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. Idaṃ kho taṃ, pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

330. ‘‘Ye kho pana me, pañcasikha, sāvakā sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti, te āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā ¶ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti; ye na sabbena ¶ sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti, te pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā ¶ opapātikā honti tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti, appekacce tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino honti sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti [karonti (sī. pī.)]. Ye na sabbena sabbaṃ sāsanaṃ ājānanti, appekacce tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā honti avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. Iti kho, pañcasikha, sabbesaṃyeva imesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ amoghā pabbajjā [pabbajā ahosi (ka.)] avañjhā saphalā saudrayā’’ti.

Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano pañcasikho gandhabbaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.

331. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me ¶ sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi; dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca. Atha kho catunnaṃ suddhāvāsakāyikānaṃ devatānaṃ [devānaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi; dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca. Yaṃnūna mayampi yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato santike paccekaṃ gāthaṃ [paccekagāthaṃ (sī. syā. pī.), paccekagāthā (ka. sī.)] bhāseyyāmā’’ti.

332. Atha kho tā devatā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya ¶ , evameva suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā bhagavato purato pāturahesuṃ. Atha kho tā devatā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

‘‘Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaṃsu, cittamattano ujukaṃ akaṃsu [ujukamakaṃsu (sī. syā. pī.)];

‘‘Chetvā khīlaṃ chetvā palighaṃ, indakhīlaṃ ūhacca [uhacca (ka.)] manejā;

333. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā honti [( ) sī. ipotthakesu natthi], tathāgataṃ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca ¶ . Yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etaṃparamāyeva [etaparamāyeva (sī. syā. pī.)] devatā sannipatitā ahesuṃ seyyathāpi mayhaṃ etarahi. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etaṃparamāyeva devatā sannipatitā bhavissanti seyyathāpi mayhaṃ etarahi. Ācikkhissāmi, bhikkhave, devakāyānaṃ nāmāni; kittayissāmi, bhikkhave, devakāyānaṃ nāmāni; desessāmi, bhikkhave, devakāyānaṃ nāmāni. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.

Odātamanasā suddhā, vippasannamanāvilā’’ [vippasannāmanāvilā (pī. ka.)].

Tañca sabbaṃ abhiññāya, vavatthitvāna [vavakkhitvāna (sī. syā. pī.), avekkhitvāna (ṭīkā)] cakkhumā;

‘‘Dakkhiṇañca disaṃ rājā, virūḷho taṃ pasāsati [tappasāsati (syā.)];

337. ‘‘Tesaṃ māyāvino dāsā, āguṃ [āgū (syā.), āgu (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] vañcanikā saṭhā.

Māyā kuṭeṇḍu viṭeṇḍu [veṭeṇḍu (sī. syā. pī.)], viṭucca [viṭū ca (syā.)] viṭuṭo saha.

‘‘Candano kāmaseṭṭho ca, kinnighaṇḍu [kinnughaṇḍu (sī. syā. pī.)] nighaṇḍu ca;

Vehāyasā ¶ [vehāsayā (sī. pī.)] te vanamajjhapattā, citrā supaṇṇā iti tesa nāmaṃ.

Saṇhāhi vācāhi upavhayantā, nāgā supaṇṇā saraṇamakaṃsu buddhaṃ.

‘‘Kālakañcā mahābhismā [kālakañjā mahābhiṃsā (sī. pī.)], asurā dānaveghasā;

‘‘Veṇḍudevā ¶ sahali ca [veṇhūca devā sahalīca (sī. pī.)], asamā ca duve yamā;

‘‘Sūriyassūpanisā [suriyassūpanisā (sī. syā. pī.)] devā, sūriyamāguṃ purakkhatvā;

‘‘Sukkā karambhā [karumhā (sī. syā. pī.)] aruṇā, āguṃ veghanasā saha;

Nāmanvayena āgacchuṃ [āgañchuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], ye caññe sadisā saha.

‘‘‘Pavuṭṭhajātimakhilaṃ [pavutthajātiṃ akhilaṃ (sī. pī.)], oghatiṇṇamanāsavaṃ;

344. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā magadhesu viharati, pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sakkassa devānamindassa ussukkaṃ udapādi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Atha kho sakkassa devānamindassa etadahosi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti? Addasā kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṃ magadhesu viharantaṃ pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṃ. Disvāna deve tāvatiṃse āmantesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavā magadhesu viharati, pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṃ. Yadi pana, mārisā, mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ bhaddantavā’’ti kho devā tāvatiṃsā sakkassa devānamindassa paccassosuṃ.

345. Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcasikhaṃ gandhabbadevaputtaṃ [gandhabbaputtaṃ (syā.)] āmantesi – ‘‘ayaṃ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavā magadhesu viharati pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṃ. Yadi pana ¶ , tāta pañcasikha, mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ bhaddantavā’’ti kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto sakkassa devānamindassa paṭissutvā beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ ādāya sakkassa devānamindassa anucariyaṃ upāgami.

346. Atha kho sakko devānamindo devehi tāvatiṃsehi parivuto pañcasikhena gandhabbadevaputtena purakkhato seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evameva devesu tāvatiṃsesu antarahito magadhesu pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate paccuṭṭhāsi. Tena kho pana ¶ samayena vediyako pabbato ¶ atiriva obhāsajāto hoti ambasaṇḍā ca brāhmaṇagāmo yathā taṃ devānaṃ devānubhāvena. Apissudaṃ parito gāmesu manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ādittassu nāmajja vediyako pabbato jhāyatisu [jhāyatassu (syā.), pajjhāyitassu (sī. pī.)] nāmajja vediyako pabbato jalatisu [jalatassu (syā.), jalitassu (sī. pī.)] nāmajja vediyako pabbato kiṃsu nāmajja vediyako pabbato atiriva obhāsajāto ambasaṇḍā ca brāhmaṇagāmo’’ti saṃviggā lomahaṭṭhajātā ahesuṃ.

347. Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcasikhaṃ gandhabbadevaputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘durupasaṅkamā ¶ kho, tāta pañcasikha, tathāgatā mādisena, jhāyī jhānaratā, tadantaraṃ [tadanantaraṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)] paṭisallīnā. Yadi pana tvaṃ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavantaṃ paṭhamaṃ pasādeyyāsi, tayā, tāta, paṭhamaṃ pasāditaṃ pacchā mayaṃ ¶ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ bhaddantavā’’ti kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto sakkassa devānamindassa paṭissutvā beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ ādāya yena indasālaguhā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ettāvatā me bhagavā neva atidūre bhavissati nāccāsanne, saddañca me sossatī’’ti ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

348. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ [veḷuvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ ādāya (syā.)] assāvesi, imā ca gāthā abhāsi buddhūpasañhitā dhammūpasañhitā saṅghūpasañhitā arahantūpasañhitā kāmūpasañhitā –

Amataṃ muni jigīsāno [jigiṃsāno (sī. syā. pī.)], tamahaṃ sūriyavacchase.

349. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcasikhaṃ gandhabbadevaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saṃsandati ¶ kho te, pañcasikha, tantissaro gītassarena, gītassaro ca tantissarena; na ca pana [neva pana (syā.)] te pañcasikha, tantissaro gītassaraṃ ativattati, gītassaro ca tantissaraṃ. Kadā saṃyūḷhā pana te, pañcasikha, imā gāthā buddhūpasañhitā dhammūpasañhitā ¶ saṅghūpasañhitā arahantūpasañhitā kāmūpasañhitā’’ti? ‘‘Ekamidaṃ, bhante, samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho ¶ . Tena kho panāhaṃ, bhante, samayena bhaddā nāma sūriyavacchasā timbaruno gandhabbarañño dhītā, tamabhikaṅkhāmi. Sā kho pana, bhante, bhaginī parakāminī hoti; sikhaṇḍī nāma mātalissa saṅgāhakassa putto, tamabhikaṅkhati. Yato kho ahaṃ, bhante, taṃ bhaginiṃ nālatthaṃ kenaci pariyāyena. Athāhaṃ beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ ādāya yena timbaruno gandhabbarañño nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā beluvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ assāvesiṃ, imā ca gāthā abhāsiṃ buddhūpasañhitā dhammūpasañhitā saṅghūpasañhitā arahantūpasañhitā kāmūpasañhitā –

‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhante, bhaddā sūriyavacchasā maṃ etadavoca – ‘na kho me, mārisa, so bhagavā sammukhā diṭṭho api ca sutoyeva me so bhagavā ¶ devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sudhammāyaṃ sabhāyaṃ upanaccantiyā. Yato kho tvaṃ, mārisa, taṃ bhagavantaṃ kittesi, hotu no ajja samāgamo’ti. Soyeva ¶ no, bhante, tassā bhaginiyā saddhiṃ samāgamo ahosi. Na ca dāni tato pacchā’’ti.

350. Atha ¶ kho sakkassa devānamindassa etadahosi – ‘‘paṭisammodati pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto bhagavatā, bhagavā ca pañcasikhenā’’ti. Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcasikhaṃ gandhabbadevaputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘abhivādehi me tvaṃ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavantaṃ – ‘sakko, bhante, devānamindo sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti’’. ‘‘Evaṃ bhaddantavā’’ti kho pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto sakkassa devānamindassa paṭissutvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādeti – ‘‘sakko, bhante, devānamindo sāmacco saparijano bhagavato ¶ pāde sirasā vandatī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ sukhī hotu, pañcasikha, sakko devānamindo sāmacco saparijano; sukhakāmā hi devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā ye caññe santi puthukāyā’’ti.

351. Evañca pana tathāgatā evarūpe mahesakkhe yakkhe abhivadanti. Abhivadito sakko devānamindo bhagavato indasālaguhaṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Devāpi tāvatiṃsā indasālaguhaṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Pañcasikhopi gandhabbadevaputto indasālaguhaṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

Tena kho pana samayena indasālaguhā ¶ visamā santī samā samapādi, sambādhā santī urundā [uruddā (ka.)] samapādi, andhakāro guhāyaṃ antaradhāyi, āloko udapādi yathā taṃ devānaṃ ¶ devānubhāvena.

352. Atha kho bhagavā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyamidaṃ āyasmato kosiyassa, abbhutamidaṃ āyasmato kosiyassa tāva bahukiccassa bahukaraṇīyassa yadidaṃ idhāgamana’’nti. ‘‘Cirapaṭikāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo; api ca devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ kehici kehici [kehici (syā.)] kiccakaraṇīyehi byāvaṭo; evāhaṃ nāsakkhiṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Ekamidaṃ, bhante, samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati salaḷāgārake. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, sāvatthiṃ agamāsiṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena bhagavā aññatarena samādhinā nisinno hoti, bhūjati [bhuñjatī ca (sī. pī.), bhujagī (syā.)] ca nāma vessavaṇassa mahārājassa paricārikā bhagavantaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, pañjalikā namassamānā tiṭṭhati. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, bhūjatiṃ etadavocaṃ ¶ – ‘abhivādehi me tvaṃ, bhagini, bhagavantaṃ – ‘‘sakko, bhante, devānamindo ¶ sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhante, sā bhūjati maṃ etadavoca – ‘akālo kho, mārisa, bhagavantaṃ dassanāya; paṭisallīno bhagavā’ti. ‘Tena ¶ hī, bhagini, yadā bhagavā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito hoti, atha mama vacanena bhagavantaṃ abhivādehi – ‘‘sakko, bhante, devānamindo ¶ sāmacco saparijano bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’ti. Kacci me sā, bhante, bhaginī bhagavantaṃ abhivādesi? Sarati bhagavā tassā bhaginiyā vacana’’nti? ‘‘Abhivādesi maṃ sā, devānaminda, bhaginī, sarāmahaṃ tassā bhaginiyā vacanaṃ. Api cāhaṃ āyasmato nemisaddena [cakkanemisaddena (syā.)] tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhito’’ti. ‘‘Ye te, bhante, devā amhehi paṭhamataraṃ tāvatiṃsakāyaṃ upapannā, tesaṃ me sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yadā tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā, dibbā kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā’ti. Taṃ me idaṃ, bhante, sakkhidiṭṭhaṃ yato tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dibbā kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyāti.

353. ‘‘Idheva, bhante, kapilavatthusmiṃ gopikā nāma sakyadhītā ahosi buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṅghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī. Sā itthittaṃ [itthicittaṃ (syā.)] virājetvā purisattaṃ [purisacittaṃ (syā.)] bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā. Devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ amhākaṃ puttattaṃ ajjhupagatā. Tatrapi naṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘gopako devaputto, gopako devaputto’ti. Aññepi, bhante, tayo bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā hīnaṃ gandhabbakāyaṃ upapannā. Te pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārayamānā amhākaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchanti amhākaṃ pāricariyaṃ. Te amhākaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ āgate amhākaṃ pāricariyaṃ gopako devaputto paṭicodesi ¶ – ‘kutomukhā nāma tumhe ¶ , mārisā, tassa bhagavato dhammaṃ assuttha [āyuhittha (syā.)] – ahañhi nāma itthikā samānā buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṅghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī itthittaṃ virājetvā purisattaṃ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ sakkassa devānamindassa puttattaṃ ajjhupagatā. Idhāpi maṃ evaṃ jānanti ‘‘gopako devaputto gopako devaputto’ti. Tumhe pana, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caritvā hīnaṃ gandhabbakāyaṃ upapannā. Duddiṭṭharūpaṃ vata, bho, addasāma, ye mayaṃ addasāma ¶ sahadhammike hīnaṃ gandhabbakāyaṃ upapanne’ti. Tesaṃ, bhante, gopakena devaputtena paṭicoditānaṃ dve ¶ devā diṭṭheva dhamme satiṃ paṭilabhiṃsu kāyaṃ brahmapurohitaṃ, eko pana devo kāme ajjhāvasi.

Buddhassa dhammāni paṭiggahesuṃ [buddhassa dhammaṃ na paṭiggahesuṃ (syā.)].

‘‘‘Handa viyāyāma [vigāyāma (syā.), vitāyāma (pī.)] byāyāma [viyāyamāma (sī. pī.)],

‘‘Nāgova ¶ sannāni guṇāni [sandānaguṇāni (sī. pī.), santāni guṇāni (syā.)] chetvā,

355. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘dīgharattaṃ visuddho kho ayaṃ yakkho [sakko (sī. syā. pī.)], yaṃ kiñci maṃ pañhaṃ pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ atthasañhitaṃyeva pucchissati, no anatthasañhitaṃ. Yañcassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti.

357. Katāvakāso ¶ sakko devānamindo bhagavatā imaṃ bhagavantaṃ [devānamindo bhagavantaṃ imaṃ (sī. pī.)] paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi –

‘‘Kiṃ saṃyojanā nu kho, mārisa, devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā ye ¶ caññe santi puthukāyā, te – ‘averā adaṇḍā asapattā abyāpajjā viharemu averino’ti iti ca nesaṃ hoti, atha ca pana saverā sadaṇḍā sasapattā sabyāpajjā viharanti saverino’’ti? Itthaṃ sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ [imaṃ paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ (sī. pī.)] apucchi. Tassa bhagavā pañhaṃ puṭṭho byākāsi –

‘‘Issāmacchariyasaṃyojanā kho, devānaminda, devā manussā asurā nāgā gandhabbā ye caññe ¶ santi puthukāyā, te – ‘averā adaṇḍā asapattā abyāpajjā viharemu averino’ti iti ca nesaṃ hoti, atha ca pana saverā sadaṇḍā sasapattā sabyāpajjā viharanti saverino’’ti. Itthaṃ bhagavā sakkassa devānamindassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho byākāsi. Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi – ‘‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṃkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti.

358. Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā ¶ anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ [uttariṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] pañhaṃ apucchi –

‘‘Issāmacchariyaṃ pana, mārisa, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ; kismiṃ sati issāmacchariyaṃ hoti; kismiṃ asati issāmacchariyaṃ na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Issāmacchariyaṃ kho, devānaminda, piyāppiyanidānaṃ piyāppiyasamudayaṃ piyāppiyajātikaṃ piyāppiyapabhavaṃ; piyāppiye sati issāmacchariyaṃ hoti, piyāppiye asati issāmacchariyaṃ na hotī’’ti.

‘‘Piyāppiyaṃ ¶ kho pana, mārisa, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ; kismiṃ sati piyāppiyaṃ hoti; kismiṃ asati piyāppiyaṃ na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Piyāppiyaṃ kho, devānaminda, chandanidānaṃ chandasamudayaṃ chandajātikaṃ chandapabhavaṃ; chande sati piyāppiyaṃ hoti; chande asati piyāppiyaṃ na hotī’’ti.

‘‘Chando kho pana, mārisa, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo; kismiṃ sati chando ¶ hoti; kismiṃ asati chando na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Chando kho, devānaminda, vitakkanidāno vitakkasamudayo vitakkajātiko vitakkapabhavo; vitakke sati chando hoti; vitakke asati chando na hotī’’ti.

‘‘Vitakko kho pana, mārisa, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo; kismiṃ sati vitakko hoti; kismiṃ asati vitakko na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Vitakko kho, devānaminda, papañcasaññāsaṅkhānidāno papañcasaññāsaṅkhāsamudayo papañcasaññāsaṅkhājātiko papañcasaññāsaṅkhāpabhavo; papañcasaññāsaṅkhāya sati vitakko hoti; papañcasaññāsaṅkhāya asati vitakko na hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kathaṃ ¶ paṭipanno pana, mārisa, bhikkhu papañcasaññāsaṅkhānirodhasāruppagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hotī’’ti?

359. ‘‘Somanassaṃpāhaṃ ¶ [pahaṃ (sī. pī.), cāhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)], devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Domanassaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Upekkhaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi.

360. ‘‘Somanassaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā somanassaṃ ‘imaṃ kho me somanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ na sevitabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ jaññā somanassaṃ ‘imaṃ kho ¶ me somanassaṃ sevato ¶ akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ sevitabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yaṃ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre, te [se (sī. pī.)] paṇītatare. Somanassaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti. Iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

361. ‘‘Domanassaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi ¶ , asevitabbampīti. Iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā domanassaṃ ‘imaṃ kho me domanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ na sevitabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ jaññā domanassaṃ ‘imaṃ kho me domanassaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ sevitabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yaṃ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre, te paṇītatare. Domanassaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi, asevitabbampī’ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

362. ‘‘Upekkhaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā upekkhaṃ ‘imaṃ kho me upekkhaṃ sevato ¶ akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpā upekkhā ¶ na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā upekkhaṃ ‘imaṃ kho me upekkhaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpā upekkhā sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ ce savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ, yaṃ ce avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ, ye avitakke avicāre, te paṇītatare. Upekkhaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

363. ‘‘Evaṃ paṭipanno kho, devānaminda, bhikkhu papañcasaññāsaṅkhānirodhasāruppagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hotī’’ti. Itthaṃ bhagavā sakkassa devānamindassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho byākāsi. Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ ¶ abhinandi anumodi – ‘‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata, tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṃkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti.

364. Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi –

‘‘Kathaṃ paṭipanno pana, mārisa, bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarāya paṭipanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Kāyasamācāraṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Vacīsamācāraṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Pariyesanaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabba’’mpi.

‘‘Kāyasamācāraṃpāhaṃ ¶ , devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampīti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā kāyasamācāraṃ ‘imaṃ kho me kāyasamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo kāyasamācāro na sevitabbo. Tattha yaṃ jaññā kāyasamācāraṃ ‘imaṃ kho me kāyasamācāraṃ ¶ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo kāyasamācāro sevitabbo. Kāyasamācāraṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘Vacīsamācāraṃpāhaṃ ¶ , devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampī’ti. Iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā vacīsamācāraṃ ‘imaṃ kho me vacīsamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo vacīsamācāro na sevitabbo. Tattha yaṃ jaññā vacīsamācāraṃ ‘imaṃ kho me vacīsamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo vacīsamācāro sevitabbo. Vacīsamācāraṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘Pariyesanaṃpāhaṃ ¶ , devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Tattha yaṃ jaññā pariyesanaṃ ‘imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpā pariyesanā na sevitabbā. Tattha yaṃ jaññā pariyesanaṃ ‘imaṃ ¶ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpā pariyesanā sevitabbā. Pariyesanaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampīti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ paṭipanno kho, devānaminda, bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarāya paṭipanno hotī’’ti. Itthaṃ bhagavā sakkassa devānamindassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho byākāsi. Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi – ‘‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṃkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti.

365. Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi –

‘‘Kathaṃ paṭipanno pana, mārisa, bhikkhu indriyasaṃvarāya paṭipanno hotī’’ti? ‘‘Cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Sotaviññeyyaṃ saddaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Ghānaviññeyyaṃ gandhaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Jivhāviññeyyaṃ ¶ rasaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Kāyaviññeyyaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampi. Manoviññeyyaṃ dhammaṃpāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi – sevitabbampi, asevitabbampī’’ti.

‘‘Imassa kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmi. Yathārūpaṃ, bhante, cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ ¶ na sevitabbaṃ ¶ . Yathārūpañca kho, bhante, cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ sevitabbaṃ. Yathārūpañca kho, bhante, sotaviññeyyaṃ ¶ saddaṃ sevato…pe… ghānaviññeyyaṃ gandhaṃ sevato… jivhāviññeyyaṃ rasaṃ sevato… kāyaviññeyyaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ sevato… manoviññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo na sevitabbo. Yathārūpañca kho, bhante, manoviññeyyaṃ dhammaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo sevitabbo.

‘‘Imassa kho me, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānato tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṃkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti.

366. Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi –

‘‘Sabbeva nu kho, mārisa, samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekantavādā ekantasīlā ekantachandā ekantaajjhosānā’’ti? ‘‘Na kho, devānaminda, sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekantavādā ekantasīlā ekantachandā ekantaajjhosānā’’ti.

‘‘Kasmā pana, mārisa, na sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekantavādā ekantasīlā ekantachandā ekantaajjhosānā’’ti? ‘‘Anekadhātu nānādhātu kho, devānaminda, loko. Tasmiṃ anekadhātunānādhātusmiṃ loke yaṃ yadeva sattā dhātuṃ abhinivisanti, taṃ tadeva thāmasā parāmāsā ¶ abhinivissa voharanti – ‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti. Tasmā ¶ na sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekantavādā ekantasīlā ekantachandā ekantaajjhosānā’’ti.

‘‘Sabbeva nu kho, mārisa, samaṇabrāhmaṇā accantaniṭṭhā ¶ accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosānā’’ti? ‘‘Na kho, devānaminda, sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosānā’’ti.

‘‘Kasmā ¶ pana, mārisa, na sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosānā’’ti? ‘‘Ye kho, devānaminda, bhikkhū taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttā te accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosānā. Tasmā na sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosānā’’ti.

Itthaṃ bhagavā sakkassa devānamindassa pañhaṃ puṭṭho byākāsi. Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandi anumodi – ‘‘evametaṃ, bhagavā, evametaṃ, sugata. Tiṇṇā mettha kaṅkhā vigatā kathaṃkathā bhagavato pañhaveyyākaraṇaṃ sutvā’’ti.

367. Itiha sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Ejā, bhante, rogo, ejā gaṇḍo, ejā sallaṃ, ejā imaṃ purisaṃ parikaḍḍhati tassa tasseva bhavassa abhinibbattiyā. Tasmā ayaṃ puriso uccāvacamāpajjati ¶ . Yesāhaṃ, bhante, pañhānaṃ ito bahiddhā aññesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu okāsakammampi nālatthaṃ, te me bhagavatā byākatā. Dīgharattānusayitañca pana [dīgharattānupassatā, yañca pana (syā.), dīgharattānusayino, yañca pana (sī. pī.)] me vicikicchākathaṃkathāsallaṃ, tañca bhagavatā abbuḷha’’nti.

‘‘Abhijānāsi ¶ no tvaṃ, devānaminda, ime pañhe aññe samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchitā’’ti? ‘‘Abhijānāmahaṃ, bhante, ime pañhe aññe samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchitā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana te, devānaminda, byākaṃsu? Sace te agaru bhāsassū’’ti. ‘‘Na kho me, bhante, garu yatthassa bhagavā nisinno bhagavantarūpo vā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, devānaminda, bhāsassū’’ti. ‘‘Yesvāhaṃ [yesāhaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)], bhante ¶ , maññāmi samaṇabrāhmaṇā āraññikā pantasenāsanāti, tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ime pañhe pucchāmi, te mayā puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā mamaṃyeva paṭipucchanti – ‘ko nāmo āyasmā’ti? Tesāhaṃ puṭṭho byākaromi – ‘ahaṃ kho, mārisa, sakko devānamindo’ti. Te mamaṃyeva uttari paṭipucchanti – ‘kiṃ panāyasmā, devānaminda [devānamindo (sī. pī.)], kammaṃ katvā imaṃ ṭhānaṃ patto’ti? Tesāhaṃ yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Te tāvatakeneva attamanā ¶ honti – ‘sakko ca no devānamindo diṭṭho, yañca no apucchimhā, tañca no byākāsī’ti. Te aññadatthu mamaṃyeva sāvakā sampajjanti, na cāhaṃ tesaṃ. Ahaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhagavato sāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti ¶ .

368. ‘‘Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, devānaminda, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābha’’nti? ‘‘Abhijānāmahaṃ ¶ , bhante, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābha’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, devānaminda, abhijānāsi ito pubbe evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābha’’nti?

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho [samūpabbuḷho (sī. pī.)] ahosi. Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhante, saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu, asurā parājayiṃsu [parājiṃsu (sī. pī.)]. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmassa etadahosi – ‘yā ceva dāni dibbā ojā yā ca asurā ojā, ubhayametaṃ [ubhayamettha (syā.)] devā paribhuñjissantī’ti. So kho pana me, bhante, vedapaṭilābho somanassapaṭilābho sadaṇḍāvacaro sasatthāvacaro na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati. Yo kho pana me ayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā vedapaṭilābho somanassapaṭilābho, so adaṇḍāvacaro asatthāvacaro ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattatī’’ti.

369. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, devānaminda, atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedesī’’ti? ‘‘Cha kho ahaṃ, bhante, atthavase sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Imaṃ ¶ kho ahaṃ, bhante, paṭhamaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno ¶ evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, dutiyaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Svāhaṃ amūḷhapaññassa [amūḷhapañhassa (?)], viharaṃ sāsane rato;

‘‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tatiyaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, catutthaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, pañcamaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Imaṃ ¶ kho ahaṃ, bhante, chaṭṭhaṃ atthavasaṃ sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Ime kho ahaṃ, bhante, cha atthavase sampassamāno evarūpaṃ vedapaṭilābhaṃ somanassapaṭilābhaṃ pavedemi.

‘‘Tesaṃ yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ, desayāmi jane sutaṃ [janesuta (ka. sī.)];

Somhi vītabhayo ajja, sambuddhaṃ payirupāsiya [payirupāsayiṃ (syā. ka.)].

371. Atha kho sakko devānamindo pañcasikhaṃ gandhabbaputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘bahūpakāro kho mesi tvaṃ, tāta pañcasikha, yaṃ tvaṃ bhagavantaṃ paṭhamaṃ pasādesi. Tayā, tāta, paṭhamaṃ pasāditaṃ pacchā mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamimhā arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ. Pettike vā ṭhāne ṭhapayissāmi ¶ , gandhabbarājā bhavissasi, bhaddañca te sūriyavacchasaṃ dammi, sā hi te abhipatthitā’’ti.

Atha kho sakko devānamindo pāṇinā pathaviṃ parāmasitvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti.

Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne sakkassa devānamindassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Aññesañca asītiyā devatāsahassānaṃ ¶ , iti ye sakkena devānamindena ajjhiṭṭhapañhā puṭṭhā ¶ , te bhagavatā byākatā. Tasmā imassa veyyākaraṇassa sakkapañhātveva adhivacananti.

372. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ me ¶ sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhaddante’’ti [bhadanteti (sī. syā. pī.)] te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

373. ‘‘Ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā, sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya, yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.

‘‘Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ, vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ, citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ, dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.

374. ‘‘Kathañca ¶ ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So satova assasati, satova passasati. Dīghaṃ ¶ vā assasanto ‘dīghaṃ assasāmī’ti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto ‘dīghaṃ passasāmī’ti pajānāti. Rassaṃ vā assasanto ‘rassaṃ assasāmī’ti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto ‘rassaṃ passasāmī’ti pajānāti. ‘Sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī’ti sikkhati ¶ , ‘sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī’ti sikkhati. ‘Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho bhamakāro vā bhamakārantevāsī vā dīghaṃ vā añchanto ‘dīghaṃ añchāmī’ti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā añchanto ‘rassaṃ añchāmī’ti pajānāti evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dīghaṃ vā assasanto ‘dīghaṃ assasāmī’ti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto ‘dīghaṃ passasāmī’ti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assasanto ‘rassaṃ assasāmī’ti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto ‘rassaṃ passasāmī’ti pajānāti. ‘Sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī’ti sikkhati, ‘passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī’ti sikkhati. Iti ¶ ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā ¶ panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho [evampi (sī. syā. pī.)], bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

375. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gacchanto vā ‘gacchāmī’ti pajānāti, ṭhito vā ‘ṭhitomhī’ti pajānāti, nisinno vā ‘nisinnomhī’ti pajānāti, sayāno vā ‘sayānomhī’ti pajānāti, yathā yathā vā panassa kāyo paṇihito hoti, tathā tathā naṃ pajānāti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī ¶ viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

376. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī ¶ hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Iti ¶ ajjhattaṃ vā…pe… evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

377. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ, antaṃ antaguṇaṃ ¶ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ [karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ (ka.)], pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā mutta’nti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ubhatomukhā putoḷi [mūtoḷī (syā.), mutoli (pī.)] pūrā nānāvihitassa dhaññassa, seyyathidaṃ sālīnaṃ vīhīnaṃ muggānaṃ māsānaṃ tilānaṃ ¶ taṇḍulānaṃ. Tamenaṃ cakkhumā puriso muñcitvā paccavekkheyya – ‘ime sālī, ime vīhī ime muggā ime māsā ime tilā ime taṇḍulā’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā…pe… ¶ mutta’nti.

Iti ajjhattaṃ vā…pe… evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

378. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi ¶ , bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vadhitvā catumahāpathe bilaso ¶ vibhajitvā nisinno assa, evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati – ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti.

‘‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati…pe… ¶ evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

379. ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ ekāhamataṃ vā dvīhamataṃ vā tīhamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakajātaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto’ti.

‘‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā ¶ …pe… evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ kākehi vā ¶ khajjamānaṃ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṃ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṃ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṃ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṃ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṃ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṃ siṅgālehi vā [gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṃ, suvānehi vā khajjamānaṃ, sigālehi vā khajjamānaṃ, (syā. pī.)] khajjamānaṃ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto’ti.

‘‘Iti ¶ ajjhattaṃ vā…pe… evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ samaṃsalohitaṃ nhārusambandhaṃ…pe… aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ nimaṃsalohitamakkhitaṃ nhārusambandhaṃ…pe… aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ apagatamaṃsalohitaṃ nhārusambandhaṃ…pe… aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhāni [apagatanhārusambandhāni (syā.)] disā vidisā vikkhittāni, aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṃ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṃ [‘‘aññena gopphakaṭṭhika’’nti idaṃ sī. syā. pī. potthakesu natthi] aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṃ [aññena kaṭaṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭhaṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṇḍakaṭṭhikaṃ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena uraṭṭhikaṃ aññena aṃsaṭṭhikaṃ aññena bāhuṭṭhikaṃ (syā.)] aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ¶ piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṃ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṃ [aññena kaṭaṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭhaṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṇḍakaṭṭhikaṃ aññena phāsukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena uraṭṭhikaṃ aññena aṃsaṭṭhikaṃ aññena bāhuṭṭhikaṃ (syā.)] aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṃ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṃ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṃ. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto’ti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇapaṭibhāgāni…pe… aṭṭhikāni puñjakitāni terovassikāni ¶ …pe… aṭṭhikāni pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati – ‘ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatīto’ti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā kāye kāyānupassī ¶ viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati. ‘Atthi kāyo’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati.

380. ‘‘Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti ¶ . Dukkhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. Adukkhamasukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti, nirāmisaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti, nirāmisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. Sāmisaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘sāmisaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti, nirāmisaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘nirāmisaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’ti pajānāti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā vedanāsu ¶ vedanānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vayadhammānupassī ¶ vā vedanāsu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati. ‘Atthi vedanā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti ¶ yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati.

381. ‘‘Kathañca ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sarāgaṃ citta’nti pajānāti, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītarāgaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sadosaṃ citta’nti pajānāti, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītadosaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Samohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samohaṃ citta’nti pajānāti, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vītamohaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘saṅkhittaṃ citta’nti pajānāti, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vikkhittaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘mahaggataṃ citta’nti pajānāti, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ ‘amahaggataṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘sauttaraṃ citta’nti pajānāti, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ ‘anuttaraṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘samāhitaṃ citta’nti pajānāti, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘asamāhitaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘vimuttaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘avimuttaṃ citta’nti pajānāti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vā citte cittānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā citte cittānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā cittasmiṃ viharati, ‘atthi citta’nti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti ¶ yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati ¶ . Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu citte cittānupassī viharati.

382. ‘‘Kathañca ¶ ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu?

‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa kāmacchandassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ byāpādaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ byāpādo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ byāpādaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ byāpādo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa byāpādassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa byāpādassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa byāpādassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ thinamiddha’nti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ thinamiddhaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ thinamiddha’nti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa thinamiddhassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa thinamiddhassa ¶ pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa thinamiddhassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ ¶ uddhaccakukkucca’nti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ uddhaccakukkucca’nti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa uddhaccakukkuccassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ ¶ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vicikicchaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ vicikicchā’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannāya vicikicchāya uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ¶ ca uppannāya vicikicchāya pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnāya vicikicchāya āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati ‘atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci ¶ loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu nīvaraṇesu.

383. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu – ‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅgamo; iti saṅkhārā, iti ¶ saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅgamo, iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti, iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya, anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati ¶ . Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu.

384. ‘‘Puna ¶ ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu?

‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhuñca pajānāti, rūpe ca pajānāti, yañca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Sotañca pajānāti, sadde ca pajānāti, yañca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Ghānañca pajānāti, gandhe ca pajānāti, yañca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Jivhañca pajānāti, rase ca pajānāti, yañca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti ¶ , yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Kāyañca pajānāti, phoṭṭhabbe ca pajānāti, yañca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Manañca ¶ pajānāti, dhamme ca pajānāti, yañca tadubhayaṃ ¶ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ tañca pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa saṃyojanassa pahānaṃ hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca pahīnassa saṃyojanassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi ¶ dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya, anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu.

385. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ satisambojjhaṅgo’ti ¶ pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa ¶ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ pītisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ ¶ vā ajjhattaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ samādhisambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti ¶ , asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo’ti pajānāti, yathā ca anuppannassa ¶ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādo hoti tañca pajānāti, yathā ca uppannassa upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya pāripūrī hoti tañca pajānāti.

‘‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī ¶ vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati ‘atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati sattasu bojjhaṅgesu.

Bojjhaṅgapabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. [bojjhaṅgapabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ (syā.)]

386. ‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.

387. ‘‘Katamañca ¶ ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, appiyehi sampayogopi dukkho, piyehi vippayogopi dukkho [appiyehi…pe… vippayogo dukkhotipāṭho ceva taṃniddeso ca katthaci na dissati, aṭṭhakathāyaṃpi taṃsaṃvaṇṇanā natthi], yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā [pañcupādānakkhandhāpi (ka.)] dukkhā.

388. ‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jāti.

389. ‘‘Katamā ¶ ca, bhikkhave, jarā? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarā.

390. ‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ? Yaṃ [aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā] tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ.

391. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, soko? Yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena ¶ dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, soko.

392. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paridevo? Yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave paridevo.

393. ‘‘Katamañca ¶ , bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāyasamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ.

394. ‘‘Katamañca ¶ , bhikkhave, domanassaṃ? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ manosamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, domanassaṃ.

395. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, upāyāso? Yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso āyāsitattaṃ upāyāsitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, upāyāso.

396. ‘‘Katamo ¶ ca, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho? Idha yassa te honti aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā, ye vā panassa te honti anatthakāmā ahitakāmā aphāsukakāmā ayogakkhemakāmā, yā tehi saddhiṃ saṅgati samāgamo samodhānaṃ missībhāvo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho.

397. ‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, piyehi vippayogo dukkho? Idha yassa te honti iṭṭhā kantā manāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā, ye vā panassa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukakāmā yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātisālohitā vā, yā tehi saddhiṃ asaṅgati asamāgamo asamodhānaṃ amissībhāvo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, piyehi vippayogo dukkho.

398. ‘‘Katamañca ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ? Jātidhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati – ‘aho vata mayaṃ na jātidhammā assāma, na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ, idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Jarādhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati – ‘aho vata mayaṃ na jarādhammā assāma, na ca vata no jarā āgaccheyyā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ, idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Byādhidhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati ‘aho vata mayaṃ na byādhidhammā assāma, na ca vata no byādhi āgaccheyyā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ, idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Maraṇadhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati ‘aho vata mayaṃ na maraṇadhammā assāma, na ca vata no maraṇaṃ āgaccheyyā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ, idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammānaṃ, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ evaṃ ¶ icchā uppajjati ‘aho vata mayaṃ na sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā assāma, na ca vata no sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā āgaccheyyu’nti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ, idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ.

399. ‘‘Katame ¶ ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā? Seyyathidaṃ – rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho, viññāṇupādānakkhandho. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.

400. ‘‘Katamañca ¶ , bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ? Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā [ponobhavikā (sī. pī.)] nandīrāgasahagatā [nandirāgasahagatā (sī. syā. pī.)] tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā.

‘‘Sā kho panesā, bhikkhave, taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā nivisati? Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā ¶ taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotaṃ loke…pe… ghānaṃ loke… jivhā loke… kāyo loke… mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Rūpā loke… saddā loke… gandhā loke… rasā loke… phoṭṭhabbā loke… dhammā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke… sotaviññāṇaṃ loke… ghānaviññāṇaṃ loke… jivhāviññāṇaṃ loke… kāyaviññāṇaṃ loke… manoviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Cakkhusamphasso ¶ loke… sotasamphasso loke… ghānasamphasso loke… jivhāsamphasso ¶ loke… kāyasamphasso loke… manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Cakkhusamphassajā ¶ vedanā loke… sotasamphassajā vedanā loke… ghānasamphassajā vedanā loke… jivhāsamphassajā vedanā loke… kāyasamphassajā vedanā loke… manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha ¶ nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Rūpasaññā loke… saddasaññā loke… gandhasaññā loke… rasasaññā loke… phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke… dhammasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Rūpasañcetanā loke… saddasañcetanā loke… gandhasañcetanā loke… rasasañcetanā loke… phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke… dhammasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Rūpataṇhā loke… saddataṇhā loke… gandhataṇhā loke… rasataṇhā loke… phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke… dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Rūpavitakko loke… saddavitakko loke… gandhavitakko loke… rasavitakko loke… phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke… dhammavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.

‘‘Rūpavicāro loke… saddavicāro loke… gandhavicāro loke… rasavicāro loke… phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke… dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā ¶ uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.

401. ‘‘Katamañca ¶ , bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ? Yo tassāyeva ¶ taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo.

‘‘Sā ¶ kho panesā, bhikkhave, taṇhā kattha pahīyamānā pahīyati, kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati? Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Sotaṃ loke…pe… ghānaṃ loke… jivhā loke… kāyo loke… mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Rūpā loke… saddā loke… gandhā loke… rasā loke… phoṭṭhabbā loke… dhammā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke… sotaviññāṇaṃ loke… ghānaviññāṇaṃ loke… jivhāviññāṇaṃ loke… kāyaviññāṇaṃ loke… manoviññāṇaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Cakkhusamphasso loke… sotasamphasso loke… ghānasamphasso loke… jivhāsamphasso loke… kāyasamphasso loke… manosamphasso ¶ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke… sotasamphassajā vedanā loke ¶ … ghānasamphassajā vedanā loke… jivhāsamphassajā vedanā loke… kāyasamphassajā vedanā loke… manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Rūpasaññā ¶ loke… saddasaññā loke… gandhasaññā loke… rasasaññā loke… phoṭṭhabbasaññā loke… dhammasaññā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Rūpasañcetanā ¶ loke… saddasañcetanā loke… gandhasañcetanā loke… rasasañcetanā loke… phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā loke… dhammasañcetanā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Rūpataṇhā loke… saddataṇhā loke… gandhataṇhā loke… rasataṇhā loke… phoṭṭhabbataṇhā loke… dhammataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Rūpavitakko loke… saddavitakko loke… gandhavitakko loke… rasavitakko loke… phoṭṭhabbavitakko loke… dhammavitakko loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.

‘‘Rūpavicāro loke… saddavicāro loke… gandhavicāro loke… rasavicāro loke… phoṭṭhabbavicāro loke… dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ ¶ , etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.

402. ‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi? Yaṃ ¶ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi.

‘‘Katamo ¶ ca, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo? Nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo.

‘‘Katamā ¶ ca, bhikkhave, sammāvācā? Musāvādā veramaṇī [veramaṇi (ka.)] pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī samphappalāpā veramaṇī, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvācā.

‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammākammanto? Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī adinnādānā veramaṇī kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammākammanto.

‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako micchāājīvaṃ pahāya sammāājīvena jīvitaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāājīvo.

‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ¶ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati; uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya ¶ vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāvāyāmo.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāsati? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; citte cittānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ; dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsati.

‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ ¶ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ ¶ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave ¶ , sammāsamādhi. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ.

403. ‘‘Iti ajjhattaṃ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, bahiddhā ¶ vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati, ajjhattabahiddhā vā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati, samudayavayadhammānupassī vā dhammesu viharati. ‘Atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati, na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati catūsu ariyasaccesu.

404. ‘‘Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattavassāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme aññā; sati vā upādisese ¶ anāgāmitā.

‘‘Tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhave, sattavassāni. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya cha vassāni…pe… pañca vassāni… cattāri vassāni… tīṇi vassāni… dve vassāni… ekaṃ vassaṃ… tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, ekaṃ vassaṃ. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattamāsāni, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme aññā; sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.

‘‘Tiṭṭhantu ¶ , bhikkhave, satta māsāni. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya cha māsāni…pe… pañca māsāni… cattāri māsāni… tīṇi māsāni ¶ … dve māsāni… ekaṃ ¶ māsaṃ… aḍḍhamāsaṃ… tiṭṭhatu, bhikkhave, aḍḍhamāso. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya sattāhaṃ, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme aññā; sati vā upādisese anāgāmitāti.

405. ‘‘Ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānāti. Iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vutta’’nti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.

406. Evaṃ ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā kumārakassapo kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena setabyā nāma kosalānaṃ nagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā kumārakassapo setabyāyaṃ viharati uttarena setabyaṃ siṃsapāvane [sīsapāvane (syā.)]. Tena kho pana samayena pāyāsi rājañño setabyaṃ ajjhāvasati sattussadaṃ satiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ sadhaññaṃ rājabhoggaṃ raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinnaṃ rājadāyaṃ brahmadeyyaṃ.

407. Tena kho pana samayena pāyāsissa rājaññassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ ¶ [sukaṭakkaṭānaṃ (sī. pī.)] kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti. Assosuṃ kho setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho kumārakassapo samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi setabyaṃ anuppatto setabyāyaṃ viharati uttarena setabyaṃ siṃsapāvane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ kumārakassapaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho [buddho (syā. ka.)] ceva arahā ca. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’’ti. Atha kho setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā setabyāya nikkhamitvā ¶ saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena siṃsapāvanaṃ [yena siṃsapāvanaṃ, tenupasaṅkamanti (sī. pī.)].

408. Tena kho pana samayena pāyāsi rājañño uparipāsāde divāseyyaṃ upagato hoti. Addasā kho pāyāsi rājañño setabyake brāhmaṇagahapatike setabyāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūte uttarenamukhe gacchante yena siṃsapāvanaṃ [yena siṃsapāvanaṃ, tenupasaṅkamante (sī. pī.)], disvā khattaṃ āmantesi ¶ – ‘‘kiṃ nu ¶ kho, bho khatte, setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā setabyāya nikkhamitvā saṅghasaṅghī gaṇībhūtā uttarenamukhā gacchanti yena siṃsapāvana’’nti [ettha pana sabbatthapi evameva dissati, natthi pāṭhantaraṃ]?

‘‘Atthi ¶ kho, bho, samaṇo kumārakassapo, samaṇassa gotamassa sāvako kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi setabyaṃ anuppatto setabyāyaṃ viharati uttarena setabyaṃ siṃsapāvane. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ kumārakassapaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘paṇḍito byatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā cā’ti [arahā ca (syā. ka.)]. Tamete [tamenaṃ te (sī. ka.), tamenaṃ (pī.)] bhavantaṃ kumārakassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bho khatte, yena setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā setabyake brāhmaṇagahapatike evaṃ vadehi – ‘pāyāsi, bho, rājañño evamāha ¶ – āgamentu kira bhavanto, pāyāsipi rājañño samaṇaṃ kumārakassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’ti. Purā samaṇo kumārakassapo setabyake brāhmaṇagahapatike bāle abyatte saññāpeti – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti. Natthi hi, bho khatte, paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bho’’ti kho so khattā pāyāsissa rājaññassa paṭissutvā yena setabyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā setabyake brāhmaṇagahapatike etadavoca – ‘‘pāyāsi, bho, rājañño evamāha, āgamentu kira bhavanto, pāyāsipi rājañño samaṇaṃ kumārakassapaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissatī’’ti.

409. Atha kho pāyāsi rājañño setabyakehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena siṃsapāvanaṃ yenāyasmā kumārakassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā kumārakassapena saddhiṃ ¶ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ ¶ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Setabyakāpi kho brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce āyasmantaṃ kumārakassapaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ¶ nisīdiṃsu; appekacce āyasmatā kumārakassapena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu; sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yenāyasmā kumārakassapo tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

410. Ekamantaṃ ¶ nisinno kho pāyāsi rājañño āyasmantaṃ kumārakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahañhi, bho kassapa, evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, rājañña, evaṃvādiṃ evaṃdiṭṭhiṃ addasaṃ vā assosiṃ vā. Kathañhi nāma evaṃ vadeyya – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti?

411. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rājañña, ime candimasūriyā imasmiṃ vā loke parasmiṃ vā, devā vā te manussā vā’’ti? ‘‘Ime, bho kassapa, candimasūriyā parasmiṃ loke, na imasmiṃ; devā te na manussā’’ti. ‘‘Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti.

412. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi ¶ sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo, yena te pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti? ‘‘Atthi ¶ , bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ ¶ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ viya, rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavācā pharusavācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū byāpannacittā micchādiṭṭhī. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷhagilānā. Yadāhaṃ jānāmi – ‘na dānime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantī’ti tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘santi kho, bho, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ye te pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavācā pharusavācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū byāpannacittā micchādiṭṭhī, te kāyassa bhedā ¶ paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī’ti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavācā pharusavācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū byāpannacittā micchādiṭṭhī. Sace tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjissanti. Sace, bho, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyātha, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti ¶ . Bhavanto kho pana me saddhāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ, yathā sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ evametaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā ¶ neva āgantvā ārocenti, na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

413. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi. Yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rājañña, idha te purisā coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā dasseyyuṃ – ‘ayaṃ te, bhante, coro āgucārī; imassa yaṃ icchasi, taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā ¶ khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā [kāretvā (syā. ka.)] kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ [rathiyāya rathiyaṃ (bahūsū)] siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane sīsaṃ chindathā’ti. Te ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa āghātane nisīdāpeyyuṃ. Labheyya nu kho so coro coraghātesu – ‘āgamentu tāva bhavanto coraghātā, amukasmiṃ ¶ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddisitvā āgacchāmī’ti ¶ , udāhu vippalapantasseva coraghātā sīsaṃ chindeyyu’’nti? ‘‘Na hi so, bho kassapa, coro labheyya coraghātesu – ‘āgamentu tāva bhavanto coraghātā amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddisitvā āgacchāmī’ti. Atha kho naṃ vippalapantasseva coraghātā sīsaṃ chindeyyu’’nti. ‘‘So hi nāma, rājañña, coro manusso manussabhūtesu coraghātesu na labhissati – ‘āgamentu tāva bhavanto coraghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme ¶ vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddisitvā āgacchāmī’ti. Kiṃ pana te mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavācā pharusavācā samphappalāpī abhijjhālū byāpannacittā micchādiṭṭhī, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā labhissanti nirayapālesu – ‘āgamentu tāva bhavanto nirayapālā, yāva mayaṃ pāyāsissa rājaññassa gantvā ārocema – ‘‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti? Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

414. ‘‘Kiñcāpi ¶ bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ ¶ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo yena te pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ viya, rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā ¶ paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī. Te aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷhagilānā. Yadāhaṃ jānāmi – ‘na dānime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantī’ti tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘santi kho, bho, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ye te pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantīti ¶ . Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī. Sace tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissanti. Sace, bho, kāyassa bhedā ¶ paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyātha, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti. Bhavanto kho pana me saddhāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ, yathā sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ evametaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā neva āgantvā ārocenti, na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi ¶ natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

415. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce [upamāyapidhekacce (sī. syā.), upamāyapiidhekacce (pī.)] viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Seyyathāpi, rājañña, puriso gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ [sasīsako (syā.)] nimuggo assa. Atha tvaṃ purise āṇāpeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, taṃ purisaṃ tamhā gūthakūpā uddharathā’ti. Te ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṃ purisaṃ tamhā gūthakūpā uddhareyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa kāyā ¶ veḷupesikāhi gūthaṃ sunimmajjitaṃ nimmajjathā’ti. Te ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā tassa purisassa kāyā veḷupesikāhi gūthaṃ sunimmajjitaṃ nimmajjeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa kāyaṃ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṃ subbaṭṭitaṃ ubbaṭṭethā’ti [suppaṭṭitaṃ uppaṭṭethāti (ka.)]. Te tassa purisassa kāyaṃ paṇḍumattikāya tikkhattuṃ subbaṭṭitaṃ ubbaṭṭeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, taṃ purisaṃ telena abbhañjitvā sukhumena cuṇṇena tikkhattuṃ suppadhotaṃ karothā’ti. Te taṃ purisaṃ telena abbhañjitvā sukhumena cuṇṇena tikkhattuṃ suppadhotaṃ kareyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa kesamassuṃ kappethā’ti. Te tassa purisassa kesamassuṃ kappeyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, tassa purisassa mahagghañca mālaṃ mahagghañca vilepanaṃ mahagghāni ca vatthāni upaharathā’ti. Te tassa purisassa mahagghañca mālaṃ mahagghañca vilepanaṃ ¶ mahagghāni ca vatthāni upahareyyuṃ. Te tvaṃ evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘tena hi, bho, taṃ purisaṃ pāsādaṃ āropetvā pañcakāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpethā’ti. Te taṃ purisaṃ pāsādaṃ āropetvā pañcakāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rājañña, api nu tassa purisassa sunhātassa suvilittassa sukappitakesamassussa āmukkamālābharaṇassa odātavatthavasanassa uparipāsādavaragatassa pañcahi ¶ kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa ¶ paricārayamānassa punadeva tasmiṃ gūthakūpe nimujjitukāmatā [nimujjitukāmyatā (syā. ka.)] assā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho kassapa’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Asuci, bho kassapa, gūthakūpo asuci ceva asucisaṅkhāto ca duggandho ca duggandhasaṅkhāto ca jeguccho ca jegucchasaṅkhāto ¶ ca paṭikūlo ca paṭikūlasaṅkhāto cā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, rājañña, manussā devānaṃ asucī ceva asucisaṅkhātā ca, duggandhā ca duggandhasaṅkhātā ca, jegucchā ca jegucchasaṅkhātā ca, paṭikūlā ca paṭikūlasaṅkhātā ca. Yojanasataṃ kho, rājañña, manussagandho deve ubbādhati. Kiṃ pana te mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā te āgantvā ārocessanti – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ ¶ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti? Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

416. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo ¶ …pe… ‘‘atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo…pe… ``yathā kathaṃ viya, rājaññāti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te aparena samayena ābādhikā honti dukkhitā bāḷhagilānā. Yadāhaṃ jānāmi – ‘na dānime imamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhahissantī’ti tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘santi kho, bho, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ye te pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyatanti. Bhavanto kho pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Sace tesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā paraṃ ¶ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissanti, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ. Sace, bho, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyātha ¶ devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha – `itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipākoti. Bhavanto kho ¶ pana me saddhāyikā paccayikā, yaṃ bhavantehi diṭṭhaṃ, yathā sāmaṃ ¶ diṭṭhaṃ evametaṃ bhavissatīti. Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā neva āgantvā ārocenti, na pana dūtaṃ pahiṇanti. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

417. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi; yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. Yaṃ kho pana, rājañña, mānussakaṃ vassasataṃ, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ eso eko rattindivo [rattidivo (ka.)], tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso, tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo, tena saṃvaccharena dibbaṃ vassasahassaṃ devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ye te mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ. Sace pana tesaṃ evaṃ bhavissati – ‘yāva mayaṃ dve vā tīṇi vā rattindivā dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārema, atha mayaṃ pāyāsissa rājaññassa gantvā āroceyyāma – ‘‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti. Api nu te āgantvā āroceyyuṃ ¶ – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho kassapa. Api hi mayaṃ, bho kassapa, ciraṃ kālaṅkatāpi bhaveyyāma. Ko panetaṃ bhoto kassapassa āroceti ¶ – ‘atthi devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā ‘evaṃdīghāyukā devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā. Na mayaṃ bhoto ¶ kassapassa saddahāma – ‘atthi devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā ‘evaṃdīghāyukā devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā’’ti.

418. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, rājañña, jaccandho puriso na passeyya kaṇha – sukkāni rūpāni ¶ , na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni [mañjeṭṭhakāni (syā.)] rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni, na passeyya mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, na passeyya samavisamaṃ, na passeyya tārakāni rūpāni, na passeyya candimasūriye. So evaṃ vadeyya – ‘natthi kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, natthi kaṇhasukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Natthi nīlakāni rūpāni, natthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Natthi pītakāni rūpāni, natthi pītakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Natthi lohitakāni rūpāni, natthi lohitakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Natthi mañjiṭṭhakāni rūpāni, natthi mañjiṭṭhakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Natthi samavisamaṃ, natthi samavisamassa dassāvī. Natthi tārakāni rūpāni, natthi tārakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Natthi candimasūriyā, natthi candimasūriyānaṃ dassāvī. Ahametaṃ na jānāmi, ahametaṃ na passāmi, tasmā taṃ natthī’ti. Sammā nu kho so, rājañña, vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho ¶ kassapa. Atthi kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, atthi kaṇhasukkānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Atthi nīlakāni rūpāni, atthi nīlakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī…pe… ¶ atthi samavisamaṃ, atthi samavisamassa dassāvī. Atthi tārakāni rūpāni, atthi tārakānaṃ rūpānaṃ dassāvī. Atthi candimasūriyā, atthi candimasūriyānaṃ dassāvī. ‘Ahametaṃ na jānāmi, ahametaṃ na passāmi, tasmā taṃ natthī’ti. Na hi so, bho kassapa, sammā vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, jaccandhūpamo maññe paṭibhāsi yaṃ maṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi’’.

‘‘Ko panetaṃ bhoto kassapassa āroceti – ‘atthi devā tāvatiṃsā’’ti vā, ‘evaṃdīghāyukā devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā? Na mayaṃ bhoto kassapassa saddahāma – ‘atthi devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā ‘evaṃdīghāyukā devā tāvatiṃsā’ti vā’’ti. ‘‘Na kho, rājañña, evaṃ paro loko daṭṭhabbo, yathā tvaṃ maññasi iminā maṃsacakkhunā. Ye kho te rājañña samaṇabrāhmaṇā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti ¶ , te tattha appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā dibbacakkhuṃ visodhenti. Te dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena imaṃ ceva lokaṃ passanti parañca satte ca opapātike. Evañca kho, rājañña, paro loko daṭṭhabbo; natveva yathā tvaṃ maññasi iminā maṃsacakkhunā. Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘itipi ¶ atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

419. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ ¶ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo…pe… atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo…pe… yathā kathaṃ viya, rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bho kassapa, passāmi samaṇabrāhmaṇe sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme jīvitukāme amaritukāme sukhakāme dukkhapaṭikūle. Tassa mayhaṃ, bho kassapa, evaṃ hoti – sace kho ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā evaṃ jāneyyuṃ – ‘ito no matānaṃ seyyo bhavissatī’ti. Idānime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā visaṃ vā khādeyyuṃ, satthaṃ vā āhareyyuṃ, ubbandhitvā vā kālaṅkareyyuṃ, papāte vā papateyyuṃ. Yasmā ca kho ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā na evaṃ jānanti – ‘ito no matānaṃ seyyo bhavissatī’ti, tasmā ime bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā jīvitukāmā amaritukāmā sukhakāmā dukkhapaṭikūlā attānaṃ na mārenti [( ) natthi (syā. pī.)]. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

420. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa ¶ dve pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. Ekissā putto ahosi dasavassuddesiko vā dvādasavassuddesiko vā, ekā gabbhinī upavijaññā. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo kālamakāsi. Atha kho so māṇavako mātusapattiṃ [mātusapatiṃ (syā.)] etadavoca – ‘yamidaṃ, bhoti, dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ mayhaṃ ¶ ; natthi tuyhettha kiñci. Pitu me [pitu me santako (syā.)] bhoti, dāyajjaṃ niyyādehī’ti [nīyyātehīti (sī. pī.)]. Evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca – ‘āgamehi tāva, tāta, yāva vijāyāmi. Sace kumārako bhavissati, tassapi ekadeso bhavissati; sace kumārikā bhavissati, sāpi te opabhoggā [upabhoggā (syā.)] bhavissatī’ti. Dutiyampi kho so māṇavako mātusapattiṃ etadavoca – ‘yamidaṃ, bhoti, dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ mayhaṃ; natthi tuyhettha kiñci. Pitu me, bhoti, dāyajjaṃ niyyādehī’ti. Dutiyampi kho sā brāhmaṇī taṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca – ‘āgamehi tāva, tāta, yāva vijāyāmi. Sace kumārako bhavissati, tassapi ekadeso bhavissati; sace kumārikā bhavissati sāpi te opabhoggā [upabhoggā (syā.)] bhavissatī’ti. Tatiyampi kho so māṇavako mātusapattiṃ etadavoca – ‘yamidaṃ, bhoti, dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ ¶ vā ¶ , sabbaṃ taṃ mayhaṃ; natthi tuyhettha kiñci. Pitu me, bhoti, dāyajjaṃ niyyādehī’ti.

‘‘Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī satthaṃ gahetvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā udaraṃ opādesi [uppātesi (syā.)] – ‘yāva vijāyāmi yadi vā kumārako yadi vā kumārikā’ti. Sā attānaṃ ceva jīvitañca gabbhañca sāpateyyañca vināsesi. Yathā taṃ bālā abyattā anayabyasanaṃ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī, evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, bālo abyatto anayabyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesanto ¶ ; seyyathāpi sā brāhmaṇī bālā abyattā anayabyasanaṃ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṃ gavesantī. Na kho, rājañña, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā apakkaṃ paripācenti; api ca paripākaṃ āgamenti. Paṇḍitānaṃ attho hi, rājañña, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sīlavantānaṃ kalyāṇadhammānaṃ jīvitena. Yathā yathā kho, rājañña, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭhanti, tathā ¶ tathā bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavanti, bahujanahitāya ca paṭipajjanti bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

421. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo…pe… atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo…pe… yathā kathaṃ viya, rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, purisā coraṃ ¶ āgucāriṃ gahetvā dassenti – ‘ayaṃ te, bhante, coro āgucārī; imassa yaṃ icchasi, taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṃ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṃ [bahalavilepanaṃ (syā. ka.)] karitvā ¶ uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ dethā’ti. Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃyeva kumbhiyā pakkhipitvā mukhaṃ pidahitvā allena cammena onandhitvā allāya mattikāya bahalāvalepanaṃ karitvā uddhanaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ denti. Yadā mayaṃ jānāma ‘kālaṅkato so puriso’ti, atha naṃ kumbhiṃ oropetvā ubbhinditvā mukhaṃ vivaritvā saṇikaṃ nillokema [vilokema (syā.)] – ‘appeva nāmassa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Nevassa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passāma. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

422. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi, rājañña, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. Abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, rājañña, divā seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyaka’’nti? ‘‘Abhijānāmahaṃ, bho kassapa, divāseyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyaka’’nti. ‘‘Rakkhanti taṃ ¶ tamhi samaye khujjāpi ¶ vāmanakāpi velāsikāpi [celāvikāpi (syā.), keḷāyikāpi (sī.)] komārikāpī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bho kassapa, rakkhanti maṃ tamhi samaye khujjāpi vāmanakāpi velāsikāpi [celāvikāpi (syā.), keḷāyikāpi (sī.)] komārikāpī’’ti. ‘‘Api nu tā tuyhaṃ jīvaṃ passanti pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘No ¶ hidaṃ, bho kassapa’’. ‘‘Tā hi nāma, rājañña, tuyhaṃ jīvantassa jīvantiyo jīvaṃ na passissanti pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā. Kiṃ pana tvaṃ kālaṅkatassa jīvaṃ passissasi pavisantaṃ vā nikkhamantaṃ vā. Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

423. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo…pe… ‘‘atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo…pe… yathā kathaṃ viya rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, purisā coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā dassenti – ‘ayaṃ te, bhante, coro āgucārī; imassa yaṃ icchasi, taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃyeva tulāya tuletvā jiyāya anassāsakaṃ māretvā punadeva tulāya tulethā’ti. Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṃ purisaṃ jīvantaṃyeva tulāya tuletvā jiyāya anassāsakaṃ māretvā punadeva tulāya tulenti. Yadā so jīvati, tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ¶ ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā pana so kālaṅkato hoti tadā garutaro ca hoti patthinnataro ca akammaññataro ca. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

424. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce ¶ viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Seyyathāpi, rājañña, puriso divasaṃ santattaṃ ¶ ayoguḷaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ tulāya tuleyya. Tamenaṃ aparena samayena sītaṃ nibbutaṃ tulāya tuleyya. Kadā nu kho so ayoguḷo lahutaro vā hoti mudutaro vā kammaññataro vā, yadā vā āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, yadā vā sīto nibbuto’’ti? ‘‘Yadā so, bho kassapa, ayoguḷo tejosahagato ca hoti vāyosahagato ca āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto, tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā pana so ayoguḷo neva tejosahagato hoti na vāyosahagato sīto nibbuto, tadā garutaro ca hoti patthinnataro ca akammaññataro cā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, rājañña, yadāyaṃ kāyo āyusahagato ca hoti usmāsahagato ca viññāṇasahagato ca, tadā lahutaro ca hoti mudutaro ca kammaññataro ca. Yadā panāyaṃ kāyo neva āyusahagato hoti na usmāsahagato na viññāṇasahagato tadā ¶ garutaro ca hoti patthinnataro ca akammaññataro ca. Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

425. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo…pe… atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo…pe… yathā kathaṃ viya rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, purisā coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā dassenti – ‘ayaṃ te, bhante, coro āgucārī; imassa yaṃ icchasi ¶ , taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca jīvitā voropetha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Te me ‘sādhū’ti paṭissutvā taṃ purisaṃ anupahacca chaviñca…pe… jīvitā voropenti. Yadā so āmato hoti, tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ uttānaṃ nipātetha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Te taṃ purisaṃ uttānaṃ nipātenti. Nevassa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passāma. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ avakujjaṃ nipātetha… passena nipātetha… dutiyena passena ¶ ¶ nipātetha… uddhaṃ ṭhapetha… omuddhakaṃ ṭhapetha… pāṇinā ākoṭetha… leḍḍunā ākoṭetha… daṇḍena ākoṭetha… satthena ākoṭetha… odhunātha sandhunātha ¶ niddhunātha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Te taṃ purisaṃ odhunanti sandhunanti niddhunanti. Nevassa mayaṃ jīvaṃ nikkhamantaṃ passāma. Tassa tadeva cakkhu hoti te rūpā, tañcāyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti. Tadeva sotaṃ hoti te saddā, tañcāyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti. Tadeva ghānaṃ hoti te gandhā, tañcāyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti ¶ . Sāva jivhā hoti te rasā, tañcāyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti. Sveva kāyo hoti te phoṭṭhabbā, tañcāyatanaṃ nappaṭisaṃvedeti. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

426. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, aññataro saṅkhadhamo saṅkhaṃ ādāya paccantimaṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. So yena aññataro gāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā majjhe gāmassa ṭhito tikkhattuṃ saṅkhaṃ upalāpetvā saṅkhaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, rājañña, tesaṃ paccantajanapadānaṃ [paccantajānaṃ (sī.)] manussānaṃ etadahosi ¶ – ‘ambho kassa nu kho [etadahosi ‘‘kissa dukho (pī.)] eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo’ti. Sannipatitvā taṃ saṅkhadhamaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo’ti. ‘Eso kho, bho, saṅkho nāma yasseso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo’ti. Te taṃ saṅkhaṃ uttānaṃ nipātesuṃ – ‘vadehi, bho saṅkha, vadehi, bho saṅkhā’ti. Neva so saṅkho saddamakāsi. Te taṃ saṅkhaṃ avakujjaṃ nipātesuṃ, passena nipātesuṃ, dutiyena passena nipātesuṃ, uddhaṃ ṭhapesuṃ, omuddhakaṃ ṭhapesuṃ, pāṇinā ¶ ākoṭesuṃ, leḍḍunā ākoṭesuṃ, daṇḍena ākoṭesuṃ, satthena ākoṭesuṃ, odhuniṃsu ¶ sandhuniṃsu niddhuniṃsu – ‘vadehi, bho saṅkha, vadehi, bho saṅkhā’ti. Neva so saṅkho saddamakāsi.

‘‘Atha kho, rājañña, tassa saṅkhadhamassa etadahosi – ‘yāva bālā ime paccantajanapadāmanussā, kathañhi nāma ayoniso saṅkhasaddaṃ gavesissantī’ti. Tesaṃ pekkhamānānaṃ saṅkhaṃ gahetvā tikkhattuṃ saṅkhaṃ upalāpetvā saṅkhaṃ ādāya pakkāmi. Atha kho, rājañña, tesaṃ paccantajanapadānaṃ manussānaṃ etadahosi – ‘yadā kira, bho, ayaṃ saṅkho nāma purisasahagato ¶ ca hoti vāyāmasahagato [vāyosahagato (syā.)] ca vāyusahagato ca, tadāyaṃ saṅkho saddaṃ karoti, yadā panāyaṃ saṅkho neva purisasahagato hoti na vāyāmasahagato na vāyusahagato, nāyaṃ saṅkho saddaṃ karotī’ti ¶ . Evameva kho, rājañña, yadāyaṃ kāyo āyusahagato ca hoti usmāsahagato ca viññāṇasahagato ca, tadā abhikkamatipi paṭikkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti, cakkhunāpi rūpaṃ passati, sotenapi saddaṃ suṇāti, ghānenapi gandhaṃ ghāyati, jivhāyapi rasaṃ sāyati, kāyenapi phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusati, manasāpi dhammaṃ vijānāti. Yadā panāyaṃ kāyo neva āyusahagato hoti, na usmāsahagato, na viññāṇasahagato, tadā neva abhikkamati na paṭikkamati na tiṭṭhati na nisīdati na seyyaṃ kappeti, cakkhunāpi rūpaṃ na passati, sotenapi saddaṃ na suṇāti, ghānenapi gandhaṃ na ghāyati, jivhāyapi rasaṃ na sāyati, kāyenapi phoṭṭhabbaṃ na phusati, manasāpi dhammaṃ na vijānāti. Imināpi kho te, rājañña, pariyāyena evaṃ hotu – ‘itipi atthi paro loko, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti [vipākoti, paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ (syā.)].

427. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho evaṃ ¶ me ettha hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, rājañña, pariyāyo…pe… atthi, bho kassapa, pariyāyo…pe… yathā kathaṃ viya rājaññā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bho kassapa, purisā coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā dassenti – ‘ayaṃ te, bhante, coro āgucārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi, taṃ ¶ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imassa purisassa chaviṃ chindatha ¶ , appeva nāmassa jīvaṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Te tassa purisassa chaviṃ chindanti. Nevassa mayaṃ jīvaṃ passāma. Tyāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi – ‘tena hi, bho, imassa purisassa cammaṃ chindatha, maṃsaṃ chindatha, nhāruṃ chindatha, aṭṭhiṃ chindatha, aṭṭhimiñjaṃ chindatha, appeva nāmassa jīvaṃ passeyyāmā’ti. Te tassa purisassa aṭṭhimiñjaṃ chindanti, nevassa mayaṃ jīvaṃ passeyyāma. Ayampi kho, bho kassapa, pariyāyo, yena me pariyāyena evaṃ hoti – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti.

428. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, aññataro aggiko jaṭilo araññāyatane ¶ paṇṇakuṭiyā sammati [vasati (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, rājañña, aññataro janapade sattho [sattho janapadapadesā (sī.), janapado satthavāso (syā.), janapadapadeso (pī.)] vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho so sattho [satthavāso (syā.)] tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa assamassa sāmantā ekarattiṃ vasitvā pakkāmi. Atha kho, rājañña, tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa etadahosi ¶ – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena so satthavāso tenupasaṅkameyyaṃ, appeva nāmettha kiñci upakaraṇaṃ adhigaccheyya’nti. Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo kālasseva vuṭṭhāya yena so satthavāso tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā addasa tasmiṃ satthavāse daharaṃ kumāraṃ mandaṃ ¶ uttānaseyyakaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘na kho me taṃ patirūpaṃ yaṃ me pekkhamānassa manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya; yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ dārakaṃ assamaṃ netvā āpādeyyaṃ poseyyaṃ vaḍḍheyya’nti. Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo taṃ dārakaṃ assamaṃ netvā āpādesi posesi vaḍḍhesi. Yadā so dārako dasavassuddesiko vā hoti [ahosi (?)] dvādasavassuddesiko vā, atha kho tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa janapade kañcideva karaṇīyaṃ uppajji. Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo taṃ dārakaṃ etadavoca – ‘icchāmahaṃ, tāta, janapadaṃ [nagaraṃ (ka.)] gantuṃ; aggiṃ, tāta, paricareyyāsi. Mā ca te aggi nibbāyi. Sace ca te aggi nibbāyeyya, ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇisahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ ¶ paricareyyāsī’ti. Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo taṃ dārakaṃ evaṃ anusāsitvā janapadaṃ agamāsi. Tassa khiḍḍāpasutassa aggi nibbāyi.

‘‘Atha kho tassa dārakassa etadahosi – ‘pitā kho maṃ evaṃ avaca – ‘‘aggiṃ, tāta, paricareyyāsi. Mā ca te aggi nibbāyi. Sace ca te aggi nibbāyeyya, ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇisahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsī’’ti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyya’nti. Atha ¶ kho so dārako araṇisahitaṃ vāsiyā tacchi – ‘appeva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyya’nti. Neva so aggiṃ adhigacchi. Araṇisahitaṃ dvidhā phālesi, tidhā phālesi, catudhā phālesi, pañcadhā phālesi, dasadhā phālesi, satadhā [vīsatidhā (syā.)] phālesi, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ akāsi, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭesi, udukkhale koṭṭetvā mahāvāte opuni [ophuni (syā. ka.)] – ‘appeva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyya’nti. Neva so aggiṃ adhigacchi.

‘‘Atha kho so aggiko jaṭilo janapade taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena sako assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ dārakaṃ etadavoca – ‘kacci te, tāta, aggi na nibbuto’ti? ‘Idha me, tāta, khiḍḍāpasutassa aggi nibbāyi. Tassa me etadahosi – ‘‘pitā kho maṃ evaṃ avaca aggiṃ, tāta, paricareyyāsi. Mā ca te, tāta, aggi nibbāyi. Sace ¶ ca te aggi nibbāyeyya, ayaṃ vāsī imāni kaṭṭhāni idaṃ araṇisahitaṃ, aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyyāsīti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ aggiṃ nibbattetvā aggiṃ paricareyya’’nti. Atha khvāhaṃ, tāta, araṇisahitaṃ vāsiyā tacchiṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyya’’nti. Nevāhaṃ aggiṃ adhigacchiṃ. Araṇisahitaṃ dvidhā phālesiṃ, tidhā phālesiṃ, catudhā phālesiṃ, pañcadhā phālesiṃ, dasadhā phālesiṃ ¶ , satadhā phālesiṃ, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ akāsiṃ, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā udukkhale koṭṭesiṃ, udukkhale koṭṭetvā mahāvāte opuniṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma aggiṃ adhigaccheyya’’nti. Nevāhaṃ aggiṃ adhigacchi’’’nti. Atha kho tassa aggikassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘yāva bālo ayaṃ dārako abyatto, kathañhi nāma ayoniso aggiṃ gavesissatī’ti. Tassa pekkhamānassa araṇisahitaṃ gahetvā ¶ aggiṃ nibbattetvā taṃ dārakaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘evaṃ kho, tāta, aggi ¶ nibbattetabbo. Na tveva yathā tvaṃ bālo abyatto ayoniso aggiṃ gavesī’ti. Evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, bālo abyatto ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesissasi. Paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ, paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ, mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.

429. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho nevāhaṃ sakkomi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājāpi maṃ pasenadi kosalo jānāti tirorājānopi – ‘pāyāsi rājañño evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī – ‘‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti. Sacāhaṃ, bho kassapa, idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro – ‘yāva bālo pāyāsi rājañño abyatto duggahitagāhī’ti. Kopenapi naṃ harissāmi, makkhenapi naṃ harissāmi, palāsenapi naṃ harissāmī’’ti.

430. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, mahāsakaṭasattho sakaṭasahassaṃ puratthimā janapadā pacchimaṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. So yena yena gacchi, khippaṃyeva pariyādiyati tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ haritakapaṇṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ kho pana satthe dve satthavāhā ahesuṃ eko ¶ pañcannaṃ ¶ sakaṭasatānaṃ, eko pañcannaṃ sakaṭasatānaṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ satthavāhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayaṃ kho mahāsakaṭasattho sakaṭasahassaṃ; te mayaṃ yena yena gacchāma, khippameva pariyādiyati tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṃ ¶ haritakapaṇṇaṃ. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ imaṃ satthaṃ dvidhā vibhajeyyāma – ekato pañca sakaṭasatāni ekato pañca sakaṭasatānī’ti. Te taṃ satthaṃ dvidhā vibhajiṃsu [vibhajesuṃ (ka.)] ekato pañca sakaṭasatāni, ekato pañca sakaṭasatāni. Eko satthavāho bahuṃ tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca udakañca āropetvā satthaṃ payāpesi [pāyāpesi (sī. pī.)]. Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṃ kāḷaṃ lohitakkhaṃ [lohitakkhiṃ (syā.)] sannaddhakalāpaṃ [āsannaddhakalāpaṃ (syā.)] kumudamāliṃ allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi ¶ bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṃ āgacchantaṃ’, disvā etadavoca – ‘kuto, bho, āgacchasī’ti? ‘Amukamhā janapadā’ti. ‘Kuhiṃ gamissasī’ti? ‘Amukaṃ nāma janapada’nti. ‘Kacci, bho, purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavuṭṭho’ti? ‘Evaṃ, bho, purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavuṭṭho, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahu tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ¶ udakañca. Chaḍḍetha, bho, purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahubhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamitthā’ti.

‘‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi – ‘ayaṃ, bho, puriso evamāha – ‘‘purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavuṭṭho, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahu tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca udakañca. Chaḍḍetha, bho, purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahubhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā ¶ yoggāni kilamitthā’’ti. Chaḍḍetha, bho, purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahubhārehi sakaṭehi satthaṃ payāpethā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bho’ti kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa paṭissutvā chaḍḍetvā purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni lahubhārehi sakaṭehi satthaṃ payāpesuṃ. Te paṭhamepi satthavāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā. Dutiyepi satthavāse… tatiyepi satthavāse… catutthepi satthavāse… pañcamepi satthavāse… chaṭṭhepi satthavāse… sattamepi satthavāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā. Sabbeva anayabyasanaṃ āpajjiṃsu. Ye ca tasmiṃ satthe ahesuṃ manussā vā pasū vā, sabbe so yakkho amanusso bhakkhesi. Aṭṭhikāneva sesāni.

‘‘Yadā aññāsi dutiyo satthavāho – ‘bahunikkhanto kho, bho, dāni so sattho’ti bahuṃ tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca udakañca āropetvā satthaṃ payāpesi. Dvīhatīhapayāto kho pana so sattho addasa purisaṃ kāḷaṃ lohitakkhaṃ sannaddhakalāpaṃ ¶ kumudamāliṃ allavatthaṃ allakesaṃ kaddamamakkhitehi cakkehi bhadrena rathena paṭipathaṃ āgacchantaṃ, disvā etadavoca – ‘kuto, bho, āgacchasī’ti? ‘Amukamhā janapadā’ti. ‘Kuhiṃ gamissasī’ti? ‘Amukaṃ nāma janapada’nti. ‘Kacci, bho, purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavuṭṭho’ti? ‘Evaṃ, bho, purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavuṭṭho. Āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahu ¶ tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca udakañca. Chaḍḍetha ¶ ¶ , bho, purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahubhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha, mā yoggāni kilamitthā’ti.

‘‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi – ‘ayaṃ, bho, ‘‘puriso evamāha – purato kantāre mahāmegho abhippavuṭṭho, āsittodakāni vaṭumāni, bahu tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca udakañca. Chaḍḍetha, bho, purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, lahubhārehi sakaṭehi sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gacchatha; mā yoggāni kilamitthā’’ti. Ayaṃ bho puriso neva amhākaṃ mitto, na ñātisālohito, kathaṃ mayaṃ imassa saddhāya gamissāma. Na vo chaḍḍetabbāni purāṇāni tiṇāni kaṭṭhāni udakāni, yathābhatena bhaṇḍena satthaṃ payāpetha. Na no purāṇaṃ chaḍḍessāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bho’ti kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa paṭissutvā yathābhatena bhaṇḍena satthaṃ payāpesuṃ. Te paṭhamepi satthavāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ ¶ vā udakaṃ vā. Dutiyepi satthavāse… tatiyepi satthavāse… catutthepi satthavāse… pañcamepi satthavāse… chaṭṭhepi satthavāse… sattamepi satthavāse na addasaṃsu tiṇaṃ vā kaṭṭhaṃ vā udakaṃ vā. Tañca satthaṃ addasaṃsu anayabyasanaṃ āpannaṃ. Ye ca tasmiṃ satthepi ahesuṃ manussā vā pasū vā, tesañca aṭṭhikāneva addasaṃsu tena yakkhena amanussena bhakkhitānaṃ.

‘‘Atha kho so satthavāho satthike āmantesi – ‘ayaṃ kho, bho, sattho anayabyasanaṃ āpanno, yathā taṃ tena bālena ¶ satthavāhena pariṇāyakena. Tena hi, bho, yānamhākaṃ satthe appasārāni paṇiyāni, tāni chaḍḍetvā, yāni imasmiṃ satthe mahāsārāni paṇiyāni, tāni ādiyathā’ti. ‘Evaṃ, bho’ti kho te satthikā tassa satthavāhassa paṭissutvā yāni sakasmiṃ satthe appasārāni paṇiyāni, tāni chaḍḍetvā yāni tasmiṃ satthe mahāsārāni paṇiyāni, tāni ādiyitvā sotthinā taṃ kantāraṃ nitthariṃsu, yathā taṃ paṇḍitena satthavāhena pariṇāyakena. Evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, bālo abyatto anayabyasanaṃ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṃ gavesanto seyyathāpi so purimo satthavāho. Yepi tava [te (ka.)] sotabbaṃ saddhātabbaṃ [saddahātabbaṃ (pī. ka.)] maññissanti, tepi anayabyasanaṃ āpajjissanti, seyyathāpi te satthikā. Paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña ¶ , pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ; paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.

431. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho nevāhaṃ sakkomi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājāpi maṃ pasenadi kosalo jānāti tirorājānopi – ‘pāyāsi rājañño ¶ evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī – ‘‘itipi ¶ natthi paro loko…pe… vipāko’’’ti. Sacāhaṃ, bho kassapa, idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro – ‘yāva bālo pāyāsi rājañño, abyatto duggahitagāhī’ti. Kopenapi ¶ naṃ harissāmi, makkhenapi naṃ harissāmi, palāsenapi naṃ harissāmī’’ti.

432. ‘‘Tena hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, aññataro sūkaraposako puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṃ gāmaṃ agamāsi. Tattha addasa pahūtaṃ sukkhagūthaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘ayaṃ kho pahuto sukkhagūtho chaḍḍito, mama ca sūkarabhattaṃ [sūkarānaṃ bhakkho (syā.)]; yaṃnūnāhaṃ ito sukkhagūthaṃ hareyya’nti. So uttarāsaṅgaṃ pattharitvā pahūtaṃ sukkhagūthaṃ ākiritvā bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā sīse ubbāhetvā [uccāropetvā (ka. sī. ka.)] agamāsi. Tassa antarāmagge mahāakālamegho pāvassi. So uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ yāva agganakhā gūthena makkhito gūthabhāraṃ ādāya agamāsi. Tamenaṃ manussā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kacci no tvaṃ, bhaṇe, ummatto, kacci viceto, kathañhi nāma uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ yāva agganakhā gūthena makkhito gūthabhāraṃ harissasī’ti. ‘Tumhe khvettha, bhaṇe, ummattā, tumhe vicetā, tathā ¶ hi pana me sūkarabhatta’nti. Evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, gūthabhārikūpamo [gūthahārikūpamo (sī. pī.)] maññe paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. Paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.

433. ‘‘Kiñcāpi ¶ bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho nevāhaṃ sakkomi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājāpi maṃ pasenadi kosalo jānāti tirorājānopi – ‘pāyāsi rājañño evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī – ‘‘itipi natthi ¶ paro loko…pe… vipāko’’ti. Sacāhaṃ, bho kassapa, idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro – ‘yāva bālo pāyāsi rājañño abyatto duggahitagāhī’ti. Kopenapi naṃ harissāmi, makkhenapi naṃ harissāmi, palāsenapi naṃ harissāmī’’ti.

434. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi, upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, dve akkhadhuttā akkhehi dibbiṃsu. Eko akkhadhutto āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilati. Addasā kho dutiyo akkhadhutto taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilantaṃ, disvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ etadavoca – ‘tvaṃ kho, samma, ekantikena jināsi, dehi me, samma, akkhe pajohissāmī’ti. ‘Evaṃ sammā’ti kho so akkhadhutto tassa akkhadhuttassa akkhe pādāsi. Atha kho so akkhadhutto akkhe visena paribhāvetvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ etadavoca – ‘ehi kho, samma, akkhehi dibbissāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ sammā’ti kho so akkhadhutto tassa akkhadhuttassa paccassosi. Dutiyampi kho te akkhadhuttā akkhehi dibbiṃsu. Dutiyampi kho so ¶ akkhadhutto āgatāgataṃ ¶ kaliṃ gilati. Addasā kho dutiyo akkhadhutto taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ dutiyampi āgatāgataṃ kaliṃ gilantaṃ, disvā taṃ akkhadhuttaṃ etadavoca –

Gila re gila pāpadhuttaka [gili re pāpadhuttaka (ka.)], pacchā te kaṭukaṃ bhavissatīti.

‘‘Evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, akkhadhuttakūpamo maññe paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ; paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.

435. ‘‘Kiñcāpi bhavaṃ kassapo evamāha, atha kho nevāhaṃ sakkomi idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Rājāpi maṃ pasenadi kosalo jānāti tirorājānopi – ‘pāyāsi rājañño evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī – ‘‘itipi natthi paro loko…pe… vipāko’’ti. Sacāhaṃ, bho kassapa, idaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ ¶ paṭinissajjissāmi, bhavissanti me vattāro – ‘yāva bālo pāyāsi rājañño abyatto duggahitagāhī’ti. Kopenapi naṃ harissāmi, makkhenapi naṃ harissāmi, palāsenapi naṃ harissāmī’’ti.

436. ‘‘Tena ¶ hi, rājañña, upamaṃ te karissāmi, upamāya midhekacce viññū ¶ purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, rājañña, aññataro janapado vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi – ‘āyāma, samma, yena so janapado tenupasaṅkamissāma, appeva nāmettha kiñci dhanaṃ adhigaccheyyāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ sammā’ti kho sahāyako sahāyakassa paccassosi. Te yena so janapado, yena aññataraṃ gāmapaṭṭaṃ [gāmapajjaṃ (syā.), gāmapattaṃ (sī.)] tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ¶ , tattha addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ sāṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi – ‘idaṃ kho, samma, pahūtaṃ sāṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṃ bandha, ahañca sāṇabhāraṃ bandhissāmi, ubho sāṇabhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmā’ti. ‘Evaṃ sammā’ti kho sahāyako sahāyakassa paṭissutvā sāṇabhāraṃ bandhitvā te ubho sāṇabhāraṃ ādāya yena aññataraṃ gāmapaṭṭaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Tattha addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ sāṇasuttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi – ‘yassa kho, samma, atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ, idaṃ pahūtaṃ sāṇasuttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañca sāṇabhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho sāṇasuttabhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmā’ti. ‘Ayaṃ kho me, samma, sāṇabhāro dūrābhato ca susannaddho ca, alaṃ me tvaṃ pajānāhī’ti. Atha kho so sahāyako sāṇabhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā sāṇasuttabhāraṃ ādiyi.

‘‘Te yena aññataraṃ gāmapaṭṭaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Tattha addasaṃsu pahūtā sāṇiyo chaḍḍitā, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi – ‘yassa kho ¶ , samma, atthāya iccheyyāma sāṇaṃ vā sāṇasuttaṃ vā, imā pahūtā sāṇiyo chaḍḍitā. Tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañca sāṇasuttabhāraṃ chaḍḍessāmi, ubho sāṇibhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmā’ti ¶ . ‘Ayaṃ kho me, samma, sāṇabhāro dūrābhato ca susannaddho ca, alaṃ me, tvaṃ pajānāhī’ti. Atha kho so sahāyako sāṇasuttabhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā sāṇibhāraṃ ādiyi.

‘‘Te ¶ yena aññataraṃ gāmapaṭṭaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Tattha addasaṃsu pahūtaṃ khomaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā…pe… pahūtaṃ khomasuttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ khomadussaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ kappāsaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ kappāsikasuttaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ kappāsikadussaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ ayaṃ [ayasaṃ (syā.)] chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ lohaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ tipuṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ sīsaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ sajjhaṃ [sajjhuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā… pahūtaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ, disvā sahāyako sahāyakaṃ āmantesi – ‘yassa kho, samma, atthāya iccheyyāma ¶ sāṇaṃ vā sāṇasuttaṃ vā sāṇiyo vā khomaṃ vā khomasuttaṃ vā khomadussaṃ vā kappāsaṃ vā kappāsikasuttaṃ vā kappāsikadussaṃ vā ayaṃ vā lohaṃ vā tipuṃ vā sīsaṃ vā sajjhaṃ vā, idaṃ pahūtaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ chaḍḍitaṃ. Tena hi, samma, tvañca sāṇabhāraṃ chaḍḍehi, ahañca sajjhabhāraṃ [sajjhubhāraṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] chaḍḍessāmi, ubho suvaṇṇabhāraṃ ādāya gamissāmā’ti. ‘Ayaṃ kho me, samma, sāṇabhāro dūrābhato ca susannaddho ¶ ca, alaṃ me tvaṃ pajānāhī’ti. Atha kho so sahāyako sajjhabhāraṃ chaḍḍetvā suvaṇṇabhāraṃ ādiyi.

‘‘Te yena sako gāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Tattha yo so sahāyako sāṇabhāraṃ ādāya agamāsi, tassa neva mātāpitaro abhinandiṃsu, na puttadārā abhinandiṃsu, na mittāmaccā abhinandiṃsu, na ca tatonidānaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ¶ adhigacchi. Yo pana so sahāyako suvaṇṇabhāraṃ ādāya agamāsi, tassa mātāpitaropi abhinandiṃsu, puttadārāpi abhinandiṃsu, mittāmaccāpi abhinandiṃsu, tatonidānañca sukhaṃ somanassaṃ adhigacchi. ‘‘Evameva kho tvaṃ, rājañña, sāṇabhārikūpamo maññe paṭibhāsi. Paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ; paṭinissajjetaṃ, rājañña, pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ. Mā te ahosi dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.

437. ‘‘Purimeneva ¶ ahaṃ opammena bhoto kassapassa attamano abhiraddho. Api cāhaṃ imāni vicitrāni pañhāpaṭibhānāni sotukāmo evāhaṃ bhavantaṃ kassapaṃ paccanīkaṃ kātabbaṃ amaññissaṃ. Abhikkantaṃ, bho kassapa, abhikkantaṃ, bho kassapa. Seyyathāpi, bho kassapa, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti evamevaṃ bhotā kassapena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bho kassapa, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ kassapo dhāretu ¶ ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ.

‘‘Icchāmi cāhaṃ, bho kassapa, mahāyaññaṃ yajituṃ, anusāsatu maṃ bhavaṃ kassapo, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.

438. ‘‘Yathārūpe ¶ kho, rājañña, yaññe gāvo vā haññanti ajeḷakā vā haññanti, kukkuṭasūkarā vā haññanti, vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti micchādiṭṭhī ¶ micchāsaṅkappā micchāvācā micchākammantā micchāājīvā micchāvāyāmā micchāsatī micchāsamādhī, evarūpo kho, rājañña, yañño na mahapphalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahājutiko na mahāvipphāro. Seyyathāpi, rājañña, kassako bījanaṅgalaṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. So tattha dukkhette dubbhūme avihatakhāṇukaṇṭake bījāni patiṭṭhāpeyya khaṇḍāni pūtīni vātātapahatāni asāradāni asukhasayitāni. Devo ca na kālena kālaṃ sammādhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ [viruḷhiṃ (moggalāne)] vepullaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, kassako vā vipulaṃ phalaṃ adhigaccheyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ [na evaṃ (syā. ka.)] bho kassapa’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, rājañña, yathārūpe yaññe gāvo vā haññanti, ajeḷakā vā haññanti, kukkuṭasūkarā vā haññanti, vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti micchādiṭṭhī micchāsaṅkappā micchāvācā micchākammantā micchāājīvā micchāvāyāmā micchāsatī ¶ micchāsamādhī, evarūpo kho ¶ , rājañña, yañño na mahapphalo hoti na mahānisaṃso na mahājutiko na mahāvipphāro.

‘‘Yathārūpe ca kho, rājañña, yaññe neva gāvo haññanti, na ajeḷakā haññanti, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññanti, na vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti sammādiṭṭhī sammāsaṅkappā sammāvācā sammākammantā sammāājīvā sammāvāyāmā sammāsatī sammāsamādhī, evarūpo kho, rājañña, yañño mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Seyyathāpi, rājañña, kassako bījanaṅgalaṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. So tattha sukhette subhūme suvihatakhāṇukaṇṭake bījāni patiṭṭhapeyya ¶ akhaṇḍāni apūtīni avātātapahatāni sāradāni sukhasayitāni. Devo ca kālena kālaṃ sammādhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Api nu tāni bījāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, kassako vā vipulaṃ phalaṃ adhigaccheyyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bho kassapa’’. ‘‘Evameva kho, rājañña, yathārūpe yaññe neva gāvo haññanti, na ajeḷakā haññanti, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññanti, na vividhā vā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjanti, paṭiggāhakā ca honti sammādiṭṭhī sammāsaṅkappā sammāvācā sammākammantā sammāājīvā sammāvāyāmā sammāsatī sammāsamādhī, evarūpo kho, rājañña, yañño mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro’’ti.

439. Atha ¶ kho pāyāsi rājañño dānaṃ paṭṭhapesi samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikavaṇibbakayācakānaṃ ¶ . Tasmiṃ kho pana dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ, dhorakāni [thorakāni (sī. pī.), corakāni (syā.)] ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni [guḷagāḷakāni (ka.)]. Tasmiṃ kho pana dāne uttaro nāma māṇavo vāvaṭo [byāvaṭo (sī. pī.)] ahosi. So dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisati – ‘‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmi’’nti. Assosi kho pāyāsi rājañño – ‘‘uttaro ¶ kira māṇavo dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisati – ‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmi’’’nti. Atha ¶ kho pāyāsi rājañño uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi – ‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmi’’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi – ‘imināhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññameva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmi’nti? Nanu mayaṃ, tāta uttara, puññatthikā dānasseva phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhino’’ti? ‘‘Bhoto kho dāne evarūpaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ, yaṃ bhavaṃ pādāpi [pādāsi (ka.)] na iccheyya samphusituṃ [chupituṃ (pī. ka.)], kuto bhuñjituṃ, dhorakāni ca vatthāni guḷavālakāni, yāni bhavaṃ pādāpi [acittikataṃ (ka.)] na iccheyya samphusituṃ, kuto paridahituṃ. Bhavaṃ kho panamhākaṃ piyo manāpo, kathaṃ mayaṃ manāpaṃ amanāpena saṃyojemā’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, tāta uttara, yādisāhaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjāmi, tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ ¶ paṭṭhapehi. Yādisāni cāhaṃ vatthāni paridahāmi, tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho uttaro māṇavo pāyāsissa rājaññassa paṭissutvā yādisaṃ bhojanaṃ pāyāsi rājañño bhuñjati, tādisaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Yādisāni ca vatthāni pāyāsi rājañño paridahati, tādisāni ca vatthāni paṭṭhapesi.

440. Atha ¶ kho pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajji suññaṃ serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo. So sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā cittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajji devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ.

441. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmā gavampati abhikkhaṇaṃ suññaṃ serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ divāvihāraṃ gacchati. Atha kho pāyāsi devaputto yenāyasmā gavampati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ gavampatiṃ abhivādetvā ¶ ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho pāyāsiṃ devaputtaṃ āyasmā gavampati etadavoca – ‘‘kosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhante, pāyāsi rājañño’’ti. ‘‘Nanu tvaṃ, āvuso, evaṃdiṭṭhiko ahosi – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi ¶ sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’’ti? ‘‘Saccāhaṃ, bhante, evaṃdiṭṭhiko ahosiṃ – ‘itipi natthi paro loko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’ti. Api cāhaṃ ayyena ¶ kumārakassapena etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecito’’ti. ‘‘Yo pana te, āvuso, dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so kuhiṃ upapanno’’ti? ‘‘Yo me, bhante, dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā cittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapanno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ. Ahaṃ pana, bhante, asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapanno suññaṃ serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Tena hi, bhante gavampati, manussalokaṃ gantvā evamārocehi – ‘sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ detha, sahatthā dānaṃ detha, cittīkataṃ dānaṃ detha, anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ detha. Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapanno suññaṃ serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā sahatthā dānaṃ datvā cittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā ¶ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapanno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyata’’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmā gavampati manussalokaṃ āgantvā evamārocesi – ‘‘sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ detha, sahatthā dānaṃ detha, cittīkataṃ dānaṃ detha, anapaviddhaṃ dānaṃ detha. Pāyāsi rājañño asakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā asahatthā dānaṃ datvā acittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā apaviddhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapanno suññaṃ serīsakaṃ vimānaṃ. Yo pana tassa dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro ¶ nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ datvā ¶ sahatthā dānaṃ datvā cittīkataṃ dānaṃ datvā anapaviddhaṃ ¶ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapanno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyata’’nti.

Mahāsatipaṭṭhānañca, pāyāsi dasamaṃ bhave [satipaṭṭhānapāyāsi, mahāvaggassa saṅgaho (sī. pī.) satipaṭṭhānapāyāsi, mahāvaggoti vuccatīti (syā.)].